CA2403553A1 - Novel amphipathic aldehydes and their use as adjuvants and immunoeffectors - Google Patents
Novel amphipathic aldehydes and their use as adjuvants and immunoeffectors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2403553A1 CA2403553A1 CA002403553A CA2403553A CA2403553A1 CA 2403553 A1 CA2403553 A1 CA 2403553A1 CA 002403553 A CA002403553 A CA 002403553A CA 2403553 A CA2403553 A CA 2403553A CA 2403553 A1 CA2403553 A1 CA 2403553A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- group
- compound
- alkyl group
- antigen
- unsubstituted
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 85
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 title description 2
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 177
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 120
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 120
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 119
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 claims description 85
- -1 BC13 Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 83
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 82
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 74
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 55
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 43
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 40
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 40
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 24
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- ILAHWRKJUDSMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron tribromide Chemical compound BrB(Br)Br ILAHWRKJUDSMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000012646 vaccine adjuvant Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229940124931 vaccine adjuvant Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 7
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 6
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910015845 BBr3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000007764 o/w emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- QPBYLOWPSRZOFX-UHFFFAOYSA-J tin(iv) iodide Chemical compound I[Sn](I)(I)I QPBYLOWPSRZOFX-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- OTCKOJUMXQWKQG-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium bromide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Br-].[Br-] OTCKOJUMXQWKQG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910001623 magnesium bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001419 myristoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- YCWSUKQGVSGXJO-NTUHNPAUSA-N nifuroxazide Chemical group C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(=O)N\N=C\C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)O1 YCWSUKQGVSGXJO-NTUHNPAUSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002801 octanoyl group Chemical group C(CCCCCCC)(=O)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910017011 AsBr3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910017050 AsF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910017216 AsI3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910005258 GaBr3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910005270 GaF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910005263 GaI3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 101150085449 Gdf15 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910021576 Iron(III) bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910010348 TiF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910010342 TiF4 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910021623 Tin(IV) bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- FAPDDOBMIUGHIN-UHFFFAOYSA-K antimony trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Sb](Cl)Cl FAPDDOBMIUGHIN-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 2
- GUNJVIDCYZYFGV-UHFFFAOYSA-K antimony trifluoride Chemical compound F[Sb](F)F GUNJVIDCYZYFGV-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 2
- RPJGYLSSECYURW-UHFFFAOYSA-K antimony(3+);tribromide Chemical compound Br[Sb](Br)Br RPJGYLSSECYURW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 2
- KWQLUUQBTAXYCB-UHFFFAOYSA-K antimony(3+);triiodide Chemical compound I[Sb](I)I KWQLUUQBTAXYCB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 2
- JMBNQWNFNACVCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic tribromide Chemical compound Br[As](Br)Br JMBNQWNFNACVCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- JCMGUODNZMETBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic trifluoride Chemical compound F[As](F)F JCMGUODNZMETBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- SRVXDMYFQIODQI-UHFFFAOYSA-K gallium(iii) bromide Chemical compound Br[Ga](Br)Br SRVXDMYFQIODQI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 2
- DWRNSCDYNYYYHT-UHFFFAOYSA-K gallium(iii) iodide Chemical compound I[Ga](I)I DWRNSCDYNYYYHT-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 2
- SHXXPRJOPFJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron(iii) fluoride Chemical compound F[Fe](F)F SHXXPRJOPFJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- LTSUHJWLSNQKIP-UHFFFAOYSA-J tin(iv) bromide Chemical compound Br[Sn](Br)(Br)Br LTSUHJWLSNQKIP-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 claims description 2
- UBZYKBZMAMTNKW-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium tetrabromide Chemical compound Br[Ti](Br)(Br)Br UBZYKBZMAMTNKW-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 claims description 2
- XROWMBWRMNHXMF-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium tetrafluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[F-].[F-].[Ti+4] XROWMBWRMNHXMF-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 claims description 2
- FEONEKOZSGPOFN-UHFFFAOYSA-K tribromoiron Chemical compound Br[Fe](Br)Br FEONEKOZSGPOFN-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000007762 w/o emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003837 (C1-C20) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 19
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-QTBDOELSSA-N aldehydo-D-glucuronic acid Chemical group O=C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-QTBDOELSSA-N 0.000 claims 5
- 125000006538 C11 alkyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims 4
- VNDYJBBGRKZCSX-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc bromide Chemical compound Br[Zn]Br VNDYJBBGRKZCSX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 3
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000006373 (C2-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- ZSUXOVNWDZTCFN-UHFFFAOYSA-L tin(ii) bromide Chemical compound Br[Sn]Br ZSUXOVNWDZTCFN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 2
- BHHYHSUAOQUXJK-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc fluoride Chemical compound F[Zn]F BHHYHSUAOQUXJK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 2
- UAYWVJHJZHQCIE-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc iodide Chemical compound I[Zn]I UAYWVJHJZHQCIE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 2
- 101100480195 Caenorhabditis elegans snt-2 gene Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 229910015400 FeC13 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910021575 Iron(II) bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910021579 Iron(II) iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910008066 SnC12 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910008046 SnC14 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910010061 TiC13 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910010066 TiC14 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910010386 TiI4 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- GYCHYNMREWYSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-L iron(ii) bromide Chemical compound [Fe+2].[Br-].[Br-] GYCHYNMREWYSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 1
- FZGIHSNZYGFUGM-UHFFFAOYSA-L iron(ii) fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Fe+2] FZGIHSNZYGFUGM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 1
- BQZGVMWPHXIKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L iron(ii) iodide Chemical compound [Fe+2].[I-].[I-] BQZGVMWPHXIKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 1
- 229910001635 magnesium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910001641 magnesium iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- BLQJIBCZHWBKSL-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium iodide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[I-].[I-] BLQJIBCZHWBKSL-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 1
- BRWZPVRDOUWXKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylsulfanylmethane;trifluoroborane Chemical compound CSC.FB(F)F BRWZPVRDOUWXKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- NLLZTRMHNHVXJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium tetraiodide Chemical compound I[Ti](I)(I)I NLLZTRMHNHVXJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 claims 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical class [H]C(*)=O 0.000 abstract description 35
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 59
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 59
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 44
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 41
- 210000001151 cytotoxic T lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 38
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 229930182490 saponin Natural products 0.000 description 32
- 150000007949 saponins Chemical class 0.000 description 32
- 235000017709 saponins Nutrition 0.000 description 32
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 30
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 29
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 29
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 24
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 23
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 22
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 22
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 21
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 20
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 19
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 18
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 17
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000001397 quillaja saponaria molina bark Substances 0.000 description 17
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 15
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 13
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 13
- MQUFAARYGOUYEV-UAWZMHPWSA-N quillaic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@H](O)[C@@](C)(C=O)[C@@H]2CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)C[C@@H](O)[C@@]5(C(O)=O)CCC(C)(C)C[C@H]5C4=CC[C@@H]3[C@]21C MQUFAARYGOUYEV-UAWZMHPWSA-N 0.000 description 13
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 12
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 11
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane Substances CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 11
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 9
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000006264 debenzylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 9
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 9
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 8
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-AQKNRBDQSA-N D-glucopyranuronic acid Chemical compound OC1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-AQKNRBDQSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 8
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galacturonsaeure Natural products O=CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 8
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 8
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 7
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 229930182480 glucuronide Natural products 0.000 description 7
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol group Chemical group OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004224 protection Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 7
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000011725 BALB/c mouse Methods 0.000 description 6
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- MQUFAARYGOUYEV-UWEXFCAOSA-N Quillaic acid Natural products CC1(C)CC[C@@]2([C@H](O)C[C@]3(C)C(=CC[C@H]4[C@@]5(C)CC[C@H](O)[C@](C)(C=O)[C@H]5CC[C@@]34C)[C@H]2C1)C(=O)O MQUFAARYGOUYEV-UWEXFCAOSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002262 Schiff base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000004753 Schiff bases Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 229940097043 glucuronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 150000008134 glucuronides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- BGOFCVIGEYGEOF-UJPOAAIJSA-N helicin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=CC=CC=C1C=O BGOFCVIGEYGEOF-UJPOAAIJSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000004474 heteroalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- MPMKMQHJHDHPBE-RUZDIDTESA-N 4-[[(2r)-1-(1-benzothiophene-3-carbonyl)-2-methylazetidine-2-carbonyl]-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]amino]butanoic acid Chemical compound O=C([C@@]1(N(CC1)C(=O)C=1C2=CC=CC=C2SC=1)C)N(CCCC(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 MPMKMQHJHDHPBE-RUZDIDTESA-N 0.000 description 5
- JVVRCYWZTJLJSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dimethylaminophenol Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 JVVRCYWZTJLJSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 5
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dimethylaminopyridine Substances CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 5
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 5
- UZQJVUCHXGYFLQ-AYDHOLPZSA-N [(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-[(2s,3r,4s,5s,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hy Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]([C@@H]1O)O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]([C@@H]1O)O[C@H]1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC=C4[C@@]([C@@]3(CC[C@H]2[C@@]1(C=O)C)C)(C)CC(O)[C@]1(CCC(CC14)(C)C)C(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]4[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]5[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O5)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UZQJVUCHXGYFLQ-AYDHOLPZSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000013011 aqueous formulation Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000002949 hemolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000006263 metalation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- MQBZZWHGZJENGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-[(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)methyl]benzoate Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)OC)=CC=C1COC1=CC=C(O)C(C=O)=C1 MQBZZWHGZJENGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 5
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 5
- VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl n-propan-2-yloxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)N=NC(=O)OC(C)C VVWRJUBEIPHGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- CLFRCXCBWIQVRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydroxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C(C=O)=C1 CLFRCXCBWIQVRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XEDONBRPTABQFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(2-formyl-3-hydroxyphenoxy)methyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C1COC1=CC=CC(O)=C1C=O XEDONBRPTABQFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-DHVFOXMCSA-N L-fucopyranose Chemical compound C[C@@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-DHVFOXMCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000006751 Mitsunobu reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005574 benzylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000006170 formylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940035032 monophosphoryl lipid a Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Ag+].[Ag+] NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229950009795 tucaresol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 4
- HUWSZNZAROKDRZ-RRLWZMAJSA-N (3r,4r)-3-azaniumyl-5-[[(2s,3r)-1-[(2s)-2,3-dicarboxypyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-oxo-4-sulfanylpentane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CC[C@@H](N)[C@@H](S)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1CCC(C(O)=O)[C@H]1C(O)=O HUWSZNZAROKDRZ-RRLWZMAJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- IGVKWAAPMVVTFX-BUHFOSPRSA-N (e)-octadec-5-en-7,9-diynoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC#CC#C\C=C\CCCC(O)=O IGVKWAAPMVVTFX-BUHFOSPRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MFYSUUPKMDJYPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(4-methyl-2-nitrophenyl)diazenyl]-3-oxo-n-phenylbutanamide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NC(=O)C(C(=O)C)N=NC1=CC=C(C)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O MFYSUUPKMDJYPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JJXPTUWJVQUHKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-1-benzofuran Chemical compound COC1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 JJXPTUWJVQUHKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910015844 BCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- PIGTXFOGKFOFTO-PPEDVFHSSA-N CC1(C)CC[C@@]2([C@H](O)C[C@]3(C)C(=CC[C@@H]4[C@@]5(C)CCC(O[C@@H]6O[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]6O)C(O)=O)[C@@](C)(C=O)[C@@H]5CC[C@@]34C)[C@@H]2C1)C(O)=O Chemical compound CC1(C)CC[C@@]2([C@H](O)C[C@]3(C)C(=CC[C@@H]4[C@@]5(C)CCC(O[C@@H]6O[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]6O)C(O)=O)[C@@](C)(C=O)[C@@H]5CC[C@@]34C)[C@@H]2C1)C(O)=O PIGTXFOGKFOFTO-PPEDVFHSSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-mannomethylose Natural products CC1OC(O)C(O)C(O)C1O SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100037840 Dehydrogenase/reductase SDR family member 2, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 3
- GKQLYSROISKDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N EEDQ Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C(=O)OCC)C(OCC)C=CC2=C1 GKQLYSROISKDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101710154606 Hemagglutinin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101001123986 Homo sapiens Protein-serine O-palmitoleoyltransferase porcupine Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 240000005265 Lupinus mutabilis Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000008755 Lupinus mutabilis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 102000043129 MHC class I family Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091054437 MHC class I family Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710093908 Outer capsid protein VP4 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710135467 Outer capsid protein sigma-1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710176177 Protein A56 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710188053 Protein D Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710132893 Resolvase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000220010 Rhode Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019095 Sechium edule Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 230000005867 T cell response Effects 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000000240 adjuvant effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-WAXACMCWSA-N alpha-D-glucuronic acid Chemical compound O[C@H]1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-WAXACMCWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940024545 aluminum hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940068628 helicin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 210000000214 mouth Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 3
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- BGOFCVIGEYGEOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylaldehyde beta-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1=CC=CC=C1C=O BGOFCVIGEYGEOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 3
- DKVBOUDTNWVDEP-NJCHZNEYSA-N teicoplanin aglycone Chemical group N([C@H](C(N[C@@H](C1=CC(O)=CC(O)=C1C=1C(O)=CC=C2C=1)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)OC=1C=C3C=C(C=1O)OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)C[C@H](C(=O)N1)NC([C@H](N)C=4C=C(O5)C(O)=CC=4)=O)C(=O)[C@@H]2NC(=O)[C@@H]3NC(=O)[C@@H]1C1=CC5=CC(O)=C1 DKVBOUDTNWVDEP-NJCHZNEYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroborane Chemical compound ClB(Cl)Cl FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004417 unsaturated alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- PORPENFLTBBHSG-MGBGTMOVSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC PORPENFLTBBHSG-MGBGTMOVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YFWHNAWEOZTIPI-DIPNUNPCSA-N 1,2-dioctadecanoyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC YFWHNAWEOZTIPI-DIPNUNPCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVNGJLRDBYCPGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-distearoylphosphatidylethanolamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP([O-])(=O)OCC[NH3+])OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC LVNGJLRDBYCPGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BIABMEZBCHDPBV-MPQUPPDSSA-N 1,2-palmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phospho-(1'-sn-glycerol) Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H](O)CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC BIABMEZBCHDPBV-MPQUPPDSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-benzoquinone Chemical compound O=C1C=CC(=O)C=C1 AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NEZDNQCXEZDCBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumylethyl 2,3-di(tetradecanoyloxy)propyl phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCCN)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC NEZDNQCXEZDCBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JESXATFQYMPTNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethenylphenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C=C JESXATFQYMPTNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCQQPJOPWXJRQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-(carboxymethoxy)-3-formylphenoxy]methyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=C(C=O)C(OCC(=O)O)=CC=C1OCC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 DCQQPJOPWXJRQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KLZUFWVZNOTSEM-UHFFFAOYSA-K Aluminium flouride Chemical compound F[Al](F)F KLZUFWVZNOTSEM-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 108700023418 Amidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QWOJMRHUQHTCJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC([CH2-])=O Chemical compound CC([CH2-])=O QWOJMRHUQHTCJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001266 CD8-positive T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 241001227713 Chiron Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010049048 Cholera Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009016 Cholera Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000759568 Corixa Species 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl sulfide Chemical compound CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-SLPGGIOYSA-N Fucose Natural products C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-SLPGGIOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010065805 Interleukin-12 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000013462 Interleukin-12 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical class [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004895 Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001030 Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010063954 Mucins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000015728 Mucins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000009001 Quillaja saponaria Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000025747 Rheumatic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000021386 Sjogren Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000024932 T cell mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108700012920 TNF Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910003074 TiCl4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910021627 Tin(IV) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010046865 Vaccinia virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N acetone d6 Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])C(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ILRRQNADMUWWFW-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium phosphate Chemical compound O1[Al]2OP1(=O)O2 ILRRQNADMUWWFW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 102000005922 amidase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000005784 autoimmunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012925 biological evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000920 calcium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002458 cell surface marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000018631 connective tissue disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000139 costimulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-alpha-tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000386 donor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004700 fetal blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940083124 ganglion-blocking antiadrenergic secondary and tertiary amines Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002791 glucosyl group Chemical group C1([C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 2
- 229940097042 glucuronate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000023611 glucuronidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000185 hemagglutinin Substances 0.000 description 2
- SPSXSWRZQFPVTJ-ZQQKUFEYSA-N hepatitis b vaccine Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC1N=CN=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)OC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCNC(N)=N)C1=CC=CC=C1 SPSXSWRZQFPVTJ-ZQQKUFEYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940124736 hepatitis-B vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000028996 humoral immune response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002955 immunomodulating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960001438 immunostimulant agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003022 immunostimulating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960003971 influenza vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 229940051875 mucins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- 238000005949 ozonolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920001467 poly(styrenesulfonates) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229940124551 recombinant vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- SMQUZDBALVYZAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylaldehyde Chemical class OC1=CC=CC=C1C=O SMQUZDBALVYZAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCKVNWZUADLDEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N sec-butyl acetate Chemical compound CCC(C)OC(C)=O DCKVNWZUADLDEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001923 silver oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940031626 subunit vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940126577 synthetic vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HPGGPRDJHPYFRM-UHFFFAOYSA-J tin(iv) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Sn](Cl)(Cl)Cl HPGGPRDJHPYFRM-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- XJDNKRIXUMDJCW-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium tetrachloride Chemical compound Cl[Ti](Cl)(Cl)Cl XJDNKRIXUMDJCW-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- 239000011732 tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001295 tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930003799 tocopherol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000010384 tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 150000003648 triterpenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000007089 vaccinia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000006886 vinylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000605 viral structure Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- UGZADUVQMDAIAO-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Zn+2] UGZADUVQMDAIAO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910021511 zinc hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940007718 zinc hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N α-tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 2
- KPWKPGFLZGMMFX-VHSXEESVSA-N (-)-camphanic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C(O)=O)OC(=O)[C@@]1(C)C2(C)C KPWKPGFLZGMMFX-VHSXEESVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASGMFNBUXDJWJJ-JLCFBVMHSA-N (1R,3R)-3-[[3-bromo-1-[4-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)phenyl]pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-6-yl]amino]-N,1-dimethylcyclopentane-1-carboxamide Chemical compound BrC1=NN(C2=NC(=NC=C21)N[C@H]1C[C@@](CC1)(C(=O)NC)C)C1=CC=C(C=C1)C=1SC(=NN=1)C ASGMFNBUXDJWJJ-JLCFBVMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPWKPGFLZGMMFX-ZJUUUORDSA-N (1s,4r)-1,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxo-3-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(C(O)=O)OC(=O)[C@]1(C)C2(C)C KPWKPGFLZGMMFX-ZJUUUORDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIGTXFOGKFOFTO-FVFWYJKVSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[[(3S,4S,4aR,6aR,6bS,8R,8aR,12aS,14aR,14bR)-8a-carboxy-4-formyl-8-hydroxy-4,6a,6b,11,11,14b-hexamethyl-1,2,3,4a,5,6,7,8,9,10,12,12a,14,14a-tetradecahydropicen-3-yl]oxy]-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical class O([C@H]1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC=C4[C@@]([C@@]3(CC[C@H]2[C@@]1(C=O)C)C)(C)C[C@@H](O)[C@]1(CCC(C[C@H]14)(C)C)C(O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O PIGTXFOGKFOFTO-FVFWYJKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUHVIAUBTBOHAG-FOYDDCNASA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r)-2-[6-[[2-(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-(2-methylphenyl)ethyl]amino]purin-9-yl]-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound COC1=CC(OC)=CC(C(CNC=2C=3N=CN(C=3N=CN=2)[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C)=C1 BUHVIAUBTBOHAG-FOYDDCNASA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAFZOLYKKCWUBI-HPMAGDRPSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-3-amino-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-(3-cyclohexylpropanoylamino)-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-5-methylhexanoyl]amino]propanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]amino]butanediamide Chemical group N([C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CN)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(N)=O)C(=O)CCC1CCCCC1 KAFZOLYKKCWUBI-HPMAGDRPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWTBZEKOSBFBEM-SPWPXUSOSA-N (2s)-2-[[2-benzyl-3-[hydroxy-[(1r)-2-phenyl-1-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)ethyl]phosphoryl]propanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)O)C(=O)C(CP(O)(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WWTBZEKOSBFBEM-SPWPXUSOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGNCBRNRHXEODV-XXVHXNRLSA-N (6r,7r)-1-[(4s,5r)-4-acetyloxy-5-methyl-3-methylidene-6-phenylhexyl]-6-dodecoxy-4,7-dihydroxy-2,8-dioxabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-3,4,5-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H](C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C(=C)CCC12[C@H](O)[C@H](C(O2)(C(O)=O)C(O)(C(O1)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCC)C1=CC=CC=C1 VGNCBRNRHXEODV-XXVHXNRLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CITHEXJVPOWHKC-UUWRZZSWSA-N 1,2-di-O-myristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC CITHEXJVPOWHKC-UUWRZZSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZSITQMWYBNPMW-GDLZYMKVSA-N 1,2-ditetradecanoyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC OZSITQMWYBNPMW-GDLZYMKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000453 2,2,2-trichloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one Chemical group CC(C)(C)[C]=O YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-bis(butanoylsulfanyl)propyl butanoate Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OCC(SC(=O)CCC)CSC(=O)CCC NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGWWUDNVAQKNJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-bis(ethenyl)phenol Chemical class OC1=C(C=C)C=CC=C1C=C ZGWWUDNVAQKNJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFWRDBDJAOHXSH-SECBINFHSA-N 2-azaniumylethyl [(2r)-2,3-diacetyloxypropyl] phosphate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(C)=O)COP(O)(=O)OCCN CFWRDBDJAOHXSH-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004174 2-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(*)=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- SAILTPCYIYNOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1,3,2-benzodioxaborole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OB(Br)OC2=C1 SAILTPCYIYNOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVRDQVRQVGRNHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-morpholin-4-ylpyrimido[2,1-a]isoquinolin-4-one Chemical compound N1=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CN2C(=O)C=C1N1CCOCC1 BVRDQVRQVGRNHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000389 2-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- LCTWRVPUGRLZPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dihydroxy-6-methyloctanoic acid Chemical compound CCC(C)C(O)CC(O)CC(O)=O LCTWRVPUGRLZPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000474 3-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003682 3-furyl group Chemical group O1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001397 3-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- BRMFJTWDNKKYNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)methyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C1COC1=CC=C(O)C(C=O)=C1 BRMFJTWDNKKYNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WIZFXQSUSNIWHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-(4-ethoxy-4-oxobutoxy)-3-formylphenoxy]methyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=C(C=O)C(OCCCC(=O)OCC)=CC=C1OCC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 WIZFXQSUSNIWHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CSC=N1 KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCLFEHAPITXKJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,8-dihydroxy-2-[2-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethyl]chromen-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1CCC1=CC(=O)C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2O1 PCLFEHAPITXKJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CN=CS1 CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical compound C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010062269 Adrenalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Alanine Chemical compound CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000004384 Alopecia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010001935 American trypanosomiasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000024188 Andala Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000006306 Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083359 Antigen Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000272478 Aquila Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910017009 AsCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910016280 BI3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000193738 Bacillus anthracis Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000008439 Biliary Liver Cirrhosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033222 Biliary cirrhosis primary Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588807 Bordetella Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589562 Brucella Species 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010029697 CD40 Ligand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150013553 CD40 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100032937 CD40 ligand Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700000434 Cannabis sativa edestin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N Carbon-14 Chemical compound [14C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000012406 Carcinoembryonic Antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022366 Carcinoembryonic Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJUZRXYOEPSWMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloromethyl methyl ether Chemical compound COCCl XJUZRXYOEPSWMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940127007 Compound 39 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186216 Corynebacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091029430 CpG site Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001651 Cyanoacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Erythrose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N D-aldose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-IVMDWMLBSA-N D-allopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-alpha-phenylglycine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-IUYQGCFVSA-N D-erythrose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-IUYQGCFVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-SVZMEOIVSA-N D-fucopyranose Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-SVZMEOIVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008156 D-glucuronides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-QWWZWVQMSA-N D-threose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940021995 DNA vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QRLVDLBMBULFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Digitonin Natural products CC1CCC2(OC1)OC3C(O)C4C5CCC6CC(OC7OC(CO)C(OC8OC(CO)C(O)C(OC9OCC(O)C(O)C9OC%10OC(CO)C(O)C(OC%11OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C%11O)C%10O)C8O)C(O)C7O)C(O)CC6(C)C5CCC4(C)C3C2C QRLVDLBMBULFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Disodium Chemical compound [Na][Na] QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100117236 Drosophila melanogaster speck gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000605314 Ehrlichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102400001368 Epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010056474 Erythrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910015484 FeFz Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000713800 Feline immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714165 Feline leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124894 Fluzone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000000666 Fowlpox Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910005267 GaCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000007882 Gastritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100028701 General vesicular transport factor p115 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100041003 Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylserin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010015899 Glycopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002068 Glycopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018910 Haemolysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100031573 Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000001554 Hemoglobins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010054147 Hemoglobins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000005176 Hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000767151 Homo sapiens General vesicular transport factor p115 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000892862 Homo sapiens Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000777663 Homo sapiens Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000599852 Homo sapiens Intercellular adhesion molecule 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000914484 Homo sapiens T-lymphocyte activation antigen CD80 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701074 Human alphaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713340 Human immunodeficiency virus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701806 Human papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000038 Hypoparathyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010021067 Hypopituitarism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100037877 Intercellular adhesion molecule 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000174 Interleukin-10 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000176 Interleukin-13 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002386 Interleukin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002616 Interleukin-5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002586 Interleukin-7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000704 Interleukin-7 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910021578 Iron(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isobutene Chemical group CC(C)=C VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006994 Koenigs-Knorr glycosidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N L-alpha-phenylglycine zwitterion Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-rhamnose Natural products CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000111 LD50 Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000004554 Leishmaniasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000337544 Limnoriidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010028921 Lipopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010024769 Local reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001417534 Lutjanidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000016604 Lyme disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010025476 Malabsorption Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004155 Malabsorption Syndromes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010031099 Mannose Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000005505 Measles Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010090054 Membrane Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012750 Membrane Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001092142 Molina Species 0.000 description 1
- MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Muraminsaeure Natural products OC(=O)C(C)OC1C(N)C(O)OC(CO)C1O MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101001092200 Mus musculus RNA binding protein fox-1 homolog 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010062010 N-Acetylmuramoyl-L-alanine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTHDTJVBEPMMGL-VKHMYHEASA-N N-acetyl-L-alanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(C)=O KTHDTJVBEPMMGL-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTHDTJVBEPMMGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetyl-L-alanine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)NC(C)=O KTHDTJVBEPMMGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001429 N-terminal alpha-amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108091061960 Naked DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910003849 O-Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930182473 O-glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000008444 O-glycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OOMXGFUBBBFWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N O.SS Chemical compound O.SS OOMXGFUBBBFWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010058846 Ovalbumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910003872 O—Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010033661 Pancytopenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pd(PPh3)4 Substances [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000011152 Pemphigus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010013639 Peptidoglycan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000031845 Pernicious anaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010081690 Pertussis Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000014676 Phragmites communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000224016 Plasmodium Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000012654 Primary biliary cholangitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001263 Psoriatic Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036824 Psoriatic arthropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001092473 Quillaja Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001454523 Quillaja saponaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010037742 Rabies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101001039269 Rattus norvegicus Glycine N-methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 231100000645 Reed–Muench method Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000007013 Reimer-Tiemann formylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001068263 Replication competent viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000725643 Respiratory syncytial virus Species 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000180577 Sambucus australis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000018734 Sambucus australis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010039710 Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710084578 Short neurotoxin 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910007161 Si(CH3)3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710172711 Structural protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710137302 Surface antigen S Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027222 T-lymphocyte activation antigen CD80 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000906446 Theraps Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910010062 TiCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101710182532 Toxin a Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000223109 Trypanosoma cruzi Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100040245 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047115 Vasculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100026383 Vasopressin-neurophysin 2-copeptin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010047642 Vitiligo Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N [1-[2,3-dihydroxypropoxy(hydroxy)phosphoryl]oxy-3-hexadecanoyloxypropan-2-yl] (9e,12e)-octadeca-9,12-dienoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\C\C=C\CCCCC ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHICGHSMIPIAPL-HDYAAECPSA-N [2-[3-[6-[3-[(5R,6aS,6bR,12aR)-10-[6-[2-[2-[4,5-dihydroxy-3-(3,4,5-trihydroxyoxan-2-yl)oxyoxan-2-yl]ethoxy]ethyl]-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-2,2,6a,6b,9,9,12a-heptamethyl-1,3,4,5,6,6a,7,8,8a,10,11,12,13,14b-tetradecahydropicene-4a-carbonyl]peroxypropyl]-5-[[5-[8-[3,5-dihydroxy-4-(3,4,5-trihydroxyoxan-2-yl)oxyoxan-2-yl]octoxy]-3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]methoxy]-3,4-dihydroxyoxan-2-yl]propoxymethyl]-5-hydroxy-3-[(6S)-6-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylocta-2,7-dienoyl]oxy-6-methyloxan-4-yl] (2E,6S)-6-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-methylocta-2,7-dienoate Chemical compound C=C[C@@](C)(O)CCC=C(C)C(=O)OC1C(OC(=O)C(\CO)=C\CC[C@](C)(O)C=C)C(O)C(C)OC1COCCCC1C(O)C(O)C(OCC2C(C(O)C(OCCCCCCCCC3C(C(OC4C(C(O)C(O)CO4)O)C(O)CO3)O)C(C)O2)O)C(CCCOOC(=O)C23C(CC(C)(C)CC2)C=2[C@@]([C@]4(C)CCC5C(C)(C)C(OC6C(C(O)C(O)C(CCOCCC7C(C(O)C(O)CO7)OC7C(C(O)C(O)CO7)O)O6)O)CC[C@]5(C)C4CC=2)(C)C[C@H]3O)O1 FHICGHSMIPIAPL-HDYAAECPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005903 acid hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000000022 airborne pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005904 alkaline hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005237 alkyleneamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005238 alkylenediamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005530 alkylenedioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005529 alkyleneoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000013566 allergen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BHELZAPQIKSEDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N allyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC=C BHELZAPQIKSEDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000360 alopecia Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-STGXQOJASA-N alpha-D-lyxopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CO[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-STGXQOJASA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQLAYKMGZDUDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium bromide Chemical compound Br[Al](Br)Br PQLAYKMGZDUDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910021502 aluminium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CECABOMBVQNBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium iodide Chemical compound I[Al](I)I CECABOMBVQNBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940024546 aluminum hydroxide gel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SMYKVLBUSSNXMV-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminum;trihydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] SMYKVLBUSSNXMV-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 206010002022 amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005809 anti-tumor immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010056 antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002399 aphthous stomatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N arabinose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OEYOHULQRFXULB-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic trichloride Chemical compound Cl[As](Cl)Cl OEYOHULQRFXULB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005165 aryl thioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003935 benzaldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-N-Acetyl-D-neuraminic acid Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)OC1C(O)C(O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002306 biochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002051 biphasic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000319 biphenyl-4-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YMEKEHSRPZAOGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron triiodide Chemical compound IB(I)I YMEKEHSRPZAOGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000009566 cancer vaccine Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940022399 cancer vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006244 carboxylic acid protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030156 cell vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007969 cellular immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003196 chaotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro formate Chemical compound ClOC=O FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940061627 chloromethyl methyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940126208 compound 22 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126540 compound 41 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004940 costimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001907 coumarones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NLCKLZIHJQEMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyano prop-2-enoate Chemical class C=CC(=O)OC#N NLCKLZIHJQEMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000016396 cytokine production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001461 cytolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024389 cytopenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000020176 deacylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005947 deacylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003074 decanoyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000007257 deesterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001787 dendrite Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000586 desensitisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000010064 diabetes insipidus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YNLAOSYQHBDIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M diethylaluminium chloride Chemical compound CC[Al](Cl)CC YNLAOSYQHBDIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UVYVLBIGDKGWPX-KUAJCENISA-N digitonin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@]2(CC[C@@H]3[C@@]4(C)C[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]5[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]7[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO7)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O6)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]7[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O7)O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O6)O)[C@@H](CO)O5)O)C[C@@H]4CC[C@H]3[C@@H]2[C@@H]1O)C)[C@@H]1C)[C@]11CC[C@@H](C)CO1 UVYVLBIGDKGWPX-KUAJCENISA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVYVLBIGDKGWPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N digitonine Natural products CC1C(C2(CCC3C4(C)CC(O)C(OC5C(C(O)C(OC6C(C(OC7C(C(O)C(O)CO7)O)C(O)C(CO)O6)OC6C(C(OC7C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O7)O)C(O)C(CO)O6)O)C(CO)O5)O)CC4CCC3C2C2O)C)C2OC11CCC(C)CO1 UVYVLBIGDKGWPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003724 dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005160 dimyristoylphosphatidylglycerol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010013023 diphtheria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960003983 diphtheria toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- BPHQZTVXXXJVHI-AJQTZOPKSA-N ditetradecanoyl phosphatidylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H](O)CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC BPHQZTVXXXJVHI-AJQTZOPKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012645 endogenous antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002169 ethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NLFBCYMMUAKCPC-KQQUZDAGSA-N ethyl (e)-3-[3-amino-2-cyano-1-[(e)-3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl]sulfanyl-3-oxoprop-1-enyl]sulfanylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C\SC(=C(C#N)C(N)=O)S\C=C\C(=O)OCC NLFBCYMMUAKCPC-KQQUZDAGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBPOBCXHALHJFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 4-bromobutanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCCBr XBPOBCXHALHJFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UREBWPXBXRYXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;methanol Chemical compound OC.CCOC(C)=O UREBWPXBXRYXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- LWMIAPRLWNCYDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethynylstannane Chemical group [SnH3]C#C LWMIAPRLWNCYDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001808 exosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001924 fatty-acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108700014844 flt3 ligand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UPWPDUACHOATKO-UHFFFAOYSA-K gallium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Ga](Cl)Cl UPWPDUACHOATKO-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000054766 genetic haplotypes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910001679 gibbsite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960002442 glucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002314 glycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002338 glycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002339 glycosphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000348 glycosyl donor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001279 glycosylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyoxal Chemical group O=CC=O LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002710 gonadal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003067 hemagglutinative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008588 hemolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000005252 hepatitis A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010284 hepatitis E Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002520 hepatitis vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000003 hoof Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005745 host immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004727 humoral immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008348 humoral response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001261 hydroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002951 idosyl group Chemical class C1([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002584 immunomodulator Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002434 immunopotentiative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002480 immunoprotective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037797 influenza A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037798 influenza B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940047124 interferons Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-YPZZEJLDSA-N iodine-125 Chemical compound [125I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-YPZZEJLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940044173 iodine-125 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Fe](Cl)Cl RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 231100001231 less toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000021633 leukocyte mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N lipid A (E. coli) Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)O1 GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- WGOPGODQLGJZGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;butane Chemical compound [Li+].CC[CH-]C WGOPGODQLGJZGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RENRQMCACQEWFC-UGKGYDQZSA-N lnp023 Chemical compound C1([C@H]2N(CC=3C=4C=CNC=4C(C)=CC=3OC)CC[C@@H](C2)OCC)=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 RENRQMCACQEWFC-UGKGYDQZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000000464 low-speed centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000004792 malaria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000311 mannosyl group Chemical group C1([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Chemical group [CH2]OC1=CC=CC=C1 HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005667 methoxymethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- NLWBJPPMPLPZIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-(bromomethyl)benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(CBr)C=C1 NLWBJPPMPLPZIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000000010 microbial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N mithramycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@H](C)[C@H]1O)OC=1C=C2C=C3C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)C3=C(O)C2=C(O)C=1C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(O)C3)C2)C1)[C@H](OC)C(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004572 morpholin-3-yl group Chemical group N1C(COCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000030194 mouth disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007040 multi-step synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010028417 myasthenia gravis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 210000003739 neck Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940092253 ovalbumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000001976 pemphigus vulgaris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M phenolate Chemical compound [O-]C1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000008103 phosphatidic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940067605 phosphatidylethanolamines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004483 piperidin-3-yl group Chemical group N1CC(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003171 plicamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001606 poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002627 poly(phosphazenes) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000005987 polymyositis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009021 pre-vaccination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001185 psoriatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000003456 pulmonary hemosiderosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001698 pyrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003248 quinolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002516 radical scavenger Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000601 reactogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000000306 sarcoidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000013341 scale-up Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000013049 sediment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N sialic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@](O)(C(O)=O)OC1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- KQTXIZHBFFWWFW-UHFFFAOYSA-L silver(I) carbonate Inorganic materials [Ag]OC(=O)O[Ag] KQTXIZHBFFWWFW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVYTZAASVAZITK-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;ethanol;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+].CCO OVYTZAASVAZITK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000003408 sphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003393 splenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229930002600 steroidal saponin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZZIZZTHXZRDOFM-XFULWGLBSA-N tamsulosin hydrochloride Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].CCOC1=CC=CC=C1OCCN[C@H](C)CC1=CC=C(OC)C(S(N)(=O)=O)=C1 ZZIZZTHXZRDOFM-XFULWGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNWCETAHAJSBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)CBr BNWCETAHAJSBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000814 tetanus toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004192 tetrahydrofuran-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tfa trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010257 thawing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940022511 therapeutic cancer vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001541 thymus gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010043778 thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YONPGGFAJWQGJC-UHFFFAOYSA-K titanium(iii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Ti](Cl)Cl YONPGGFAJWQGJC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000005809 transesterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000391 tricalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002889 tridecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical class [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004291 uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C65/00—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six—membered aromatic rings and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups
- C07C65/30—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six—membered aromatic rings and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups containing —CHO groups
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/02—Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/14—Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/14—Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
- A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/24—Antidepressants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
- A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/14—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/38—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
- A61P5/40—Mineralocorticosteroids, e.g. aldosterone; Drugs increasing or potentiating the activity of mineralocorticosteroids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/06—Antianaemics
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/76—Esters of carboxylic acids having a carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Nutrition Science (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
This invention relates to novel aldehyde containing compounds and their uses as adjuvants and immunoeffectors.
Description
NOVEL AMPHIPATHIC ALDEHYDES AND THEIR USE AS
ADJUVANTS AND IMMUNOEFFECTORS
CROSS-REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial Number 60/190,466 filed on March 17, 2000, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein in its entirety for all purposes.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The only vaccine adjuvant currently licensed for human use in the United States is alum, (see, Arnon and Regenmortel, FASEB J. 1992, 6: 3265-3272) a group of aluminum salts which enhance humoral (antibody) immunity to vaccine antigens (Arnon and Regenmortel, 1992; Edelinan, Rev. Infect. Dis. 1980, 2: 370-383). The recognition that cell-mediated (thymus or T-cell) immune responses-particularly the induction of T-helper type 1 (Th-1) cells and cytotoxic T-lymphocytes (CTLs)-axe crucial for generating protective immunity against many infectious agents has prompted efforts to discover new vaccine adjuvants which augment both antibody and T-cell responses (Arnon and Regenmortel,1992).
The adjuvant properties of saponin were first recognized in France in the 1930's. (see, Bomford et al., Vaccine 1992, 10: 572-577). Two decades later the saponin from the bark of the Quillaja saponaria Molina tree found wide application in veterinary medicine, but the variability and toxicity of these crude preparations precluded their use in human vaccines. (see, Kensil et al., In haccine Design: The Subunit and Adjuvant Approach; Powell, M.F., Newman, J.J., Eds.; Plenum Press: New York,1995 pp.
541).
In the 1970's a partially purified saponin fraction known as Quil A was shown to give reduced local reactions and increased potency (see, Kensil et a1.,1995).
Further fractionation of Quil A, which consisted of at least 24 compounds by HPLC, demonstrated that the four most prevalent saponins, QS-7, QS-17, QS-18, and QS-21, were potent adjuvants (see, Kensil, C.R. Crit Rev. Then. Drug Carrier Syst.1996, 13, 1-55; Kensil et a1.,1995). QS-21 and QS-7 were the least toxic of these. Partly because of its reduced toxicity, highly purified state (though still a mixture of no less than four compounds), (see, Soltysik, S.; Bedore, D.A.; Kensil, C.R. Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 1993, 690: 392-395) and more complete structural characterization, QS-21 (3) was the first saponin selected to enter human clinical trials. (see, Kensil,1996; Kensil et a1.,1995).
Qs-Li s.
.J
-Fuc) l~J-G 1 'J~
QS-21 and other Quillaja saponins increase specific immune responses to both soluble T dependent and T-independent antigens, promoting an Ig subclass switch in B-cells from predominantly IgGl or IgM to the IgG2a and IgG2b subclasses (Kensil et al., 1995). The IgG2a and IgG2b isotypes are thought to be involved in antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity and complement fixation (Snapper and Finkelman, In Fundamental Immunology, 4th ed.; Paul, W.E., Ed.: Lippincott-Raven:
Philadelphia, PA., 1999, pp. 831-861). These antibody isotypes also correlate with a Th-1 type response and the induction of IL-2 and IFN-y-cytokines which play a role in CTL
differentiation and maturation (Constant and Bottomly, Annu. Rev. Immunology 1997, 15: 297-322).
As a result, QS-21 and other Quillaja saponins are potent inducers of class I MHC-restricted CD8+ CTLs to subunit antigens (Kensil,1996; Kensil et al., 1995).
The mechanisms of saponin action have been investigated both by chemical modification of QS-21 and other saponins and by assessing the adjuvant activity of structurally diverse saponins (see, Bomford et al., Vaccine 1992, 10: 572-577; Soltysik et al., C.R. Vaccine 1995, 13: 1403-1410; Kensil et al., Adv. Exp. Med.
Biol.1996, 404:
165-172; Kensil et al., J. Dev. Biol. Stand. 1998, 92: 41-47). As the name suggests, saponins are surface-active adjuvants due to their amphipathic structure and ability to form micelles in solution. While micelle formation does not appear essential to saponin adjuvanticity, QS-21 may promote CD8+ CTL responses by associating with and disrupting the cell surface of antigen-presenting cells (APCs) and directing soluble antigen into the cytoplasm (Kensil,1996). The importance of the complex fatty acid domain of QS-21 for CTL activity is not clear as hydrophilic saponins also induce cell-mediated responses (see, Kensil et al.,1998; So et al., Mol. Cells 1997, 7:
178-186).
An important structural feature for saponin adjuvanticity appeaxs to be the formyl group at C-4 of Quillaic Acid (1) Blocking the aldehyde of QS-21 or reducing it to an alcohol abolishes adjuvant activity, (see, Soltysik et al.,1995) suggesting that Schiff base formation (the reversible reaction of an aldehyde with an amine to .form an imine: RCHO +
RNHa ~
RCH=NR) is important to saponin adjuvanticity. Since saponins are effective adjuvants with hydrophilic polysaccharides lacking amino groups, (Kensil, 1996), Schiff base formation with cells of the immune system is likely. Indeed, Schiff base formation is thought to play an important role in APC-T-cell interactions and appeaxs to be a critical determinant of the immunopotentiating ability of the zenobiotic tucaresol and other amphipathic aldehydes (see, Rhodes, Immunol. Today 1996, 17: 436-441; Hazen et al., J.
Biol. Chem. 1997, 272: 16990-16998). Amphipathic aldehydes can substitute for the carbonyl groups constitutively expressed on APCs by forming a Schiff base with CD4+
T-cell surface amines and providing a costimulatory signal which leads to a Th-1 type profile of cytokine production and the enhancement of MHC class I-restricted CTL
responses (Rhodes,1996).
Potent, low-toxicity adjuvants which drive both effector arms of the immune system are needed to improve the safety and efficacy of existing vaccines and potentiate the weak immunogenicity of nascent synthetic vaccines. The present invention fulfills the aforementioned and other needs.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one aspect, the present invention provides a compound represented by the Formula I:
R
(I)-In Formula I, the symbol R represents hydrogen or -C(O)H. The symbol Rl represents a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, an unsubstituted Ci_zo alkyl group, a saccharyl group, and a group represented by the formula -C(O)-[C(R3)(R4)]n COOH or -[C(R3)(R4)]n COOH, wherein each R3 and R4 independently is a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted C1_lo alkyl group, an unsubstituted Ci_io alkyl group. The symbol n represents an integer from 1 to 5. The symbol Rz represents a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1_zo alkyl group, and a group represented by the formula -(CHz)mCH(OH)(CHz)pORs, wherein m and p are independently 1 or 2, and RS is a Cz_zo acyl group, or a group represented by the formula O
O
OII Rs CH ~ H R7 ( z)i wherein j is an integer from 1 to 5, and R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group of hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, and an unsubstituted C1_zo alkyl group;
or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
In a second aspect, the present invention provides a liposome vesicle comprising a compound of Formula I.
In a third aspect, the present invention also provides a compound comprising an antigen covalently linked to a compound according to Formula I.
In a fourth aspect, the present invention also provides a vaccine composition comprising an antigen and a compound of Formula I.
In a fifth aspect, the present invention also provides an adjuvant composition for potentiating the immunogenicity of an antigen, including a suspension of water or an aqueous solution. The suspension or solution includes a compound according to Formula I.
The present invention also provides a method for inducing or enhancing immunogenicity of an antigen in a mammal. The method includes administering to the mammal a vaccine composition that includes the antigen and a vaccine adjuvant composition that includes an effective immunopotentiatory amount of a compound according to Formula I.
In a seventh aspect, the present invention also provides a method for treating or preventing a disease in a mammal. The method includes administering to the mammal a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition includes an antigen and an effective immunopotentiatory amount of a compound according to Formula I.
The present invention also provides methods for preparing adjuvants or immunoeffectors. The method includes contacting a first compound with a second compound, thereby forming a third compound under conditions sufficient to form a third compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
The first compound has the formula:
wherein Rz and R8 are independently selected from the group of hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1_zo alkyl group, and a group having the formula -(CHZ)mCH(OH)(CH2)pORs. The symbols m and p are independently 1 or 2. The symbol RS represents a member selected from the group of s substituted C2_ao acyl group, an unsubstituted C2_ao acyl group, or a group having the formula:
O
O
(CH2)~-CH-R7 wherein j is an integer from 1 to 5. The symbols R6 and R' are independently selected from the group of hydrogen, a substituted Ci_2o alkyl group, and an unsubstituted C1_ao alkyl group.
The second compound is selected from the group of MXn. The symbol M
represents a member selected from the group of Al3+, As3+, B3+, Fe2+, Fe3+, Ga3+, Mgz+~
Sb3+, Sb5+, Sn2+, Sn4+, Ti2+, Ti3+, Ti4+, and Zn2+. The symbol n is an integer from 2 to 5, MgX2-OEt2, BX3~SMez, Et2AlCl, EtAlCla. The symbol X represents a member selected from the group of Cl, I, F, and Br. Alternatively, MXn represents a member selected from the group of monoalkyl boronhalides, dialkyl boronhalides, and monoaryl boronhalides, diaryl boronhalides.
The third compound has a structure according to the formula below:
Other objects, features and advantages of the present invention will be apparent from the detailed description that follows DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION AND
THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
Definitions The term "acyl" refers to those groups derived from an organic acid by removal of the hydroxy portion of the acid. Accordingly, acyl is meant to include, for example, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, decanoyl, pivaloyl, benzoyl and the like.
A "C1-CZO acyl group" is an acyl group having from 1 to 20 carbons.
The term "allcyl," by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e.
C1-Clo means one to ten carbons). Examples of saturated hydrocarbon radicals include groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, cyclohexyl, (cyclohexyl)methyl, cyclopropylinethyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like. An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkyl groups include vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. The term "alkyl," unless otherwise noted, is also meant to include those derivatives of alkyl defined in more detail below as "heteroalkyl." Alkyl groups, which are limited to hydrocarbon groups are termed "homoalkyl".
A "C1-C2o alkyl group" is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having from 1 to 20 carbons. Similarly, a "C1 l alkyl group" is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 11 carbons.
The term "alkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkane, as exemplified by -CH2CHZCH2CHa-, and further includes those groups known as "heteroalkylenes."
The term "alkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an allcane, as exemplified by -CHZCH2CH2CHa-, and further includes those groups described below as "heteroalkylene." Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the present invention. A "lower alkyl"
or "lower alkylene" is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
The terms "alkoxy," "alkylamino" and "alkylthio" (or thioalkoxy) are used in their conventional sense, and refer to those alkyl groups attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen atom, an amino group, or a sulfur atom, respectively.
The term "heteroalkyl," by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. The heteroatom Si may be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group, including tJ~e position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include -CH2-CHZ-O-CH3, -CHz-NH-CH3, -CHZ-CH2-N(CH3)-CH3, -CHa-S-CHa-CH3, -CHZ-CHZ,-S(O)-CH3, -CH2_ CHa-S(O)2-CH3, -CH=CH-O-CH3, -Si(CH3)3, -CHZ-CH=N-OCH3, and -CH=CH-N(CH3)-CH3. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, -CHa-NH-and -CH2-O-Si(CH3)3. Similarly, the term "heteroalkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified by -CHZ-S CH2-S-CHZCHa- and -CH2-S-CH2-CHZ-NH-CH2-. For heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like). Still further, for alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups, no orientation of the linking group is implied.
The terms "cycloalkyl" and "heterocycloalkyl", by themselves or in combination with other terms, represent, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of "alkyl" and "heteroalkyl", respectively. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include -(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1 -piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like.
The terms "halo" or "halogen," by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom.
Additionally, terms such as "haloalkyl," are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term "halo(C1-C4)alkyl" is mean to include trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
The term "aryl" means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, typically aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (up to three rings) which are fused together or linked covalently. The term "heteroaryl"
refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from zero to four heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atoms) are optionally quatenuzed. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-fiuyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, and 6-quinolyl. Substituents for each of the above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below.
For brevity, the term "aryl" when used in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above. Thus, the term "arylalkyl" is meant to include those radicals in which an aryl group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylinethyl and the like) including those alkyl groups in which a carbon atom (e.g., a methylene group) has been replaced by, for example, an oxygen atom (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like).
Each of the above terms (e.g., "alkyl," "heteroalkyl," "aryl" and "heteroaryl") are meant to include both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided below.
Substituents for the alkyl and acyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, allcynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl) can be a variety of groups selected from: -OR', =O, =NR', N-OR', -NR'R", -SR', -halogen, -SiR'R"R"', -OC(O)R', -C(O)R', -COZR', -CONR'R", -OC(O)NR'R", -NR"C(O)R', -~~-C(O)s»R»>~ -~»C(O)zR~~ -~-C(~~R»~ ~»>~
-NR'C(NR'R")-NR"',-NR-C(NR'R"~ NR"', -S(O)R', -S(O)zR', -S(O)zNR'R", -NRS02R', -CN and -NOz in a number ranging from zero to (2m'+1), where m' is the total number of carbon atoms in such radical. R', R" and R"' each independently refer to hydrogen, and heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens, unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkoxy groups, or aryl-(C1-C4)alkyl groups.
When a compound of the invention includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R
groups is independently selected as are each R', R" and R"' groups when more than one of these groups is present. When R' and R" are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring.
For example, -NR'R" is meant to include 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. From the above discussion of substituents, one of skill in the art will understand that the term "alkyl" is meant to include groups such as haloalkyl (e.g., -CF3 and -CHZCF3) and acyl (e.g., -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CF3, -C(O)CHzOCH3, and the like).
Similarly, substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from: -halogen, -OR', -OC(O)R', -NR'R", -SR', -R', -CN, -NOz, -C02R', -CONR'R", -C(O)R', -OC(O)NR'R"~ -NR"C(O)R', -NR"C(O)aR', -NR'-C(O)NR"R"', -S(O)aNR'R", -NRS(O)ZR', -N3, -CH(Ph)2, fluoro(Cl-C4)allcoxy, and fluoro(C1-Ca.)alkyl, in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on the aromatic ring 5 system; and where R', R" and R"' are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1-C$)alkyl and heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl and heteroaryl, (unsubstituted aryl)-(C1-C4)alkyl, and (unsubstituted aryl)oxy-(Ci-C4)alkyl. When a compound of the invention includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R', R" and R"' groups when more than one of these groups is 10 present.
Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -T-C(O)-(CRR'2)q U-, wherein T and U are independently -NR-, -O-, -CRR'- or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CHZ)r B-, wherein A and B are independently -CRR'-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)a-, -S(O)ZNR'- or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4. One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond.
Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -(CRR')S X-(CR"R"')c-, where s and t are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X is -O-, -NR'-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, or -S(O)2NR'-. The substituents R, R', R" and R"' are independently selected from hydrogen or unsubstituted (C1-C6)alkyl.
As used herein, the term "heteroatom" is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N~, sulfur (S) and silicon (Si).
The term "saccharyl" refers to those groups derived from a sugar, a carbohydrate, a saccharide, a disaccharide, an oligosaccharide, or a polysaccharide molecule by removal of a hydrogen or a hydroxyl group. Accordingly, saccharyl groups (e.g., glucosyl, mannosyl, etc.) can be derived from molecules that include, but are not limited to, glucuronic acid, lactose, sucrose, maltose, allose, alltrose, glucose, mannose, idose, galactose, talose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, threose, erythrose, a-D-N
Acetylgalactosamine, (3-D-N Acetylglucosamine, fucose, sialic acid, etc. A "C6-CZo saccharyl group" is a substituted (e.g. acylated saccharyl, alkylated saccharyl, arylated saccharyl, etc.) or unsubstituted saccharyl group having from 6 to 20 carbons.
An example of a saccharyl group is a radical formed by the removal of the hydroxyl on the C1 position of glucuronic acid as represented by the formula:
O
HO
HO
OH . The wavy bond indicates where the glucuronide radical (i.e., a glucuronic acid group) would be attached to another substituent, e.g., an aglycon unit. Thus, saccharyl groups include sugar molecules where the hydroxyl on the C1 position has been removed.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" is meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds of the present invention contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt. When compounds of the present invention contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, malefic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts", Journal of Pharmaceutical Science,1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds of the present invention contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
The neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of the present invention.
In addition to salt forms, the present invention provides compounds, which are in a prodrug form. Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present invention. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds of the present invention when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present invention and are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
Certain compounds of the present invention possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers and individual isomers are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
The chemical compounds of the present invention may exist in (+) and (-) forms as well as in racemic forms.
Racemic forms can be resolved into the optical antipodes by known methods and techniques. One way of separating the racemic forms is exemplified by the separation of racemic amines by conversion of the racemates to diastereomeric salts of an optically active acid. The diastereomeric salts are resolved using one or more art recognized methods. The optically active amine is subsequently liberated by treating the resolved salt with a base. Another method for resolving racemates into the optical antipodes is based upon chromatography on an optical active matrix. Racemic compounds of the present invention can thus be resolved into their optical antipodes, e.g., by fractional crystallization of d- or 1-tartrates, -mandelates, or -camphorsulfonate) salts for example.
The chemical compounds of the present invention may also be resolved by the formation of diastereomeric amides by reaction of the chemical compounds of the present invention with an optically active carboxylic acid such as that derived from (+) or (-) phenylalanine, (+) or (-) phenylglycine, (+) or (-) camphanic acid or the like.
Alternatively, the compounds of the invention are resolved by the formation of diastereomeric carbamates by reaction of the chemical compound of the present invention with an optically active chloroformate or the like.
Additional methods for the resolving the optical isomers are known in the art. Such methods include those described by Collet and Wilen, ENANTIOMERS, IZACEMATES, AND RESOLUTIONS, John Wiley and Sons, New York (1981).
Moreover, some of the chemical compounds of the invention can exist in syn-and anti-forms (Z- and E-form), depending on the arrangement of the substituents around a double bond. A chemical compound of the present invention may thus be the syn- or the anti-form (Z- and E-form), or it may be a mixture hereof.
The compounds of the present invention may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (3H), iodine-125 (lzsl) or carbon-14 (14C). All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present invention, whether radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
An "effective immunopotentiatory amount" is an amount of a compound that is effective to potentiate an immune response to one or more antigens.
The immune response can be measured, without limitation, by measuring antibody titers against an antigen (e.g., HBsAg, etc.), assessing the ability of a vaccine containing a compound of the present invention to immunize a host in response to a disease or antigen challenge, etc. Preferably administering an "effective immunopotentiatory amount" of a compound of formula I to a subject increases one or more antibody titers (e.g., IgGl, IgGl, IgG2a, IgG2b, etc.) by 10% or more over a nonimmune control, even more preferably by 20% or more over a nonimmune control, and still more preferably by 30% or more over a nonimmune control, and most preferably by 100% or more over a nonimmune control.
Introduction In an effort to improve the safety of vaccines, manufacturers are avoiding whole cell killed vaccines, and producing recombinant or subunit vaccines. In the preparation of these safer vaccines extraneous bacterial or viral components are eliminated, while the minimal structures or epitopes deemed necessary for protective immunity remain. The safety of these vaccines is improved due to the elimination of extraneous bacterial or viral components which often times prove to be toxic and pyrogenic. However, the same components that result in toxicity provide nonspecific immunostimulation that make whole cell vaccines so effective. Without the additional immunostimulation the minimal structures and epitopes comprising recombinant and subunit vaccines are often poorly immunogenic. Thus, the need for effective vaccine adjuvants is well recognized. Ideally, these adjuvants will boost the protective immune response without inducing unwanted toxicity and pyrogenicity.
In an effort to obtain novel immunostimulants, synthetic molecules have been prepared which share structural similarities with the immunoeffector tucaresol.
These compounds and methods for using them are described in more detail below.
Compounds In one aspect, the present invention provides a compound represented by the Formula I:
R~
(I).
In Formula I, the symbol R represents hydrogen or -C(O)H. The symbol Rl represents a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted Cl_zo alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1_zo alkyl group, a saccharyl group, and a group represented by the formula -C(O)-[C(R3)(R4)]n-COOH or -[C(R3)(R4)]n COOH, wherein each R3 and R4 independently is a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted C1_io alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1_io alkyl group. The symbol n represents an integer from 1 to 5. The symbol Rz represents a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted Ci_zo alkyl group, an unsubstituted Ci_zo alkyl group, and a group represented by the formula -(CH2)mCH(OH)(CH2)pORs, wherein m and p are independently 1 or 2, and RS is a 02_20 acyl group, or a group represented by Formula II:
O
O
OII Rs CH ~ H R~
ADJUVANTS AND IMMUNOEFFECTORS
CROSS-REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial Number 60/190,466 filed on March 17, 2000, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein in its entirety for all purposes.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The only vaccine adjuvant currently licensed for human use in the United States is alum, (see, Arnon and Regenmortel, FASEB J. 1992, 6: 3265-3272) a group of aluminum salts which enhance humoral (antibody) immunity to vaccine antigens (Arnon and Regenmortel, 1992; Edelinan, Rev. Infect. Dis. 1980, 2: 370-383). The recognition that cell-mediated (thymus or T-cell) immune responses-particularly the induction of T-helper type 1 (Th-1) cells and cytotoxic T-lymphocytes (CTLs)-axe crucial for generating protective immunity against many infectious agents has prompted efforts to discover new vaccine adjuvants which augment both antibody and T-cell responses (Arnon and Regenmortel,1992).
The adjuvant properties of saponin were first recognized in France in the 1930's. (see, Bomford et al., Vaccine 1992, 10: 572-577). Two decades later the saponin from the bark of the Quillaja saponaria Molina tree found wide application in veterinary medicine, but the variability and toxicity of these crude preparations precluded their use in human vaccines. (see, Kensil et al., In haccine Design: The Subunit and Adjuvant Approach; Powell, M.F., Newman, J.J., Eds.; Plenum Press: New York,1995 pp.
541).
In the 1970's a partially purified saponin fraction known as Quil A was shown to give reduced local reactions and increased potency (see, Kensil et a1.,1995).
Further fractionation of Quil A, which consisted of at least 24 compounds by HPLC, demonstrated that the four most prevalent saponins, QS-7, QS-17, QS-18, and QS-21, were potent adjuvants (see, Kensil, C.R. Crit Rev. Then. Drug Carrier Syst.1996, 13, 1-55; Kensil et a1.,1995). QS-21 and QS-7 were the least toxic of these. Partly because of its reduced toxicity, highly purified state (though still a mixture of no less than four compounds), (see, Soltysik, S.; Bedore, D.A.; Kensil, C.R. Ann. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 1993, 690: 392-395) and more complete structural characterization, QS-21 (3) was the first saponin selected to enter human clinical trials. (see, Kensil,1996; Kensil et a1.,1995).
Qs-Li s.
.J
-Fuc) l~J-G 1 'J~
QS-21 and other Quillaja saponins increase specific immune responses to both soluble T dependent and T-independent antigens, promoting an Ig subclass switch in B-cells from predominantly IgGl or IgM to the IgG2a and IgG2b subclasses (Kensil et al., 1995). The IgG2a and IgG2b isotypes are thought to be involved in antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity and complement fixation (Snapper and Finkelman, In Fundamental Immunology, 4th ed.; Paul, W.E., Ed.: Lippincott-Raven:
Philadelphia, PA., 1999, pp. 831-861). These antibody isotypes also correlate with a Th-1 type response and the induction of IL-2 and IFN-y-cytokines which play a role in CTL
differentiation and maturation (Constant and Bottomly, Annu. Rev. Immunology 1997, 15: 297-322).
As a result, QS-21 and other Quillaja saponins are potent inducers of class I MHC-restricted CD8+ CTLs to subunit antigens (Kensil,1996; Kensil et al., 1995).
The mechanisms of saponin action have been investigated both by chemical modification of QS-21 and other saponins and by assessing the adjuvant activity of structurally diverse saponins (see, Bomford et al., Vaccine 1992, 10: 572-577; Soltysik et al., C.R. Vaccine 1995, 13: 1403-1410; Kensil et al., Adv. Exp. Med.
Biol.1996, 404:
165-172; Kensil et al., J. Dev. Biol. Stand. 1998, 92: 41-47). As the name suggests, saponins are surface-active adjuvants due to their amphipathic structure and ability to form micelles in solution. While micelle formation does not appear essential to saponin adjuvanticity, QS-21 may promote CD8+ CTL responses by associating with and disrupting the cell surface of antigen-presenting cells (APCs) and directing soluble antigen into the cytoplasm (Kensil,1996). The importance of the complex fatty acid domain of QS-21 for CTL activity is not clear as hydrophilic saponins also induce cell-mediated responses (see, Kensil et al.,1998; So et al., Mol. Cells 1997, 7:
178-186).
An important structural feature for saponin adjuvanticity appeaxs to be the formyl group at C-4 of Quillaic Acid (1) Blocking the aldehyde of QS-21 or reducing it to an alcohol abolishes adjuvant activity, (see, Soltysik et al.,1995) suggesting that Schiff base formation (the reversible reaction of an aldehyde with an amine to .form an imine: RCHO +
RNHa ~
RCH=NR) is important to saponin adjuvanticity. Since saponins are effective adjuvants with hydrophilic polysaccharides lacking amino groups, (Kensil, 1996), Schiff base formation with cells of the immune system is likely. Indeed, Schiff base formation is thought to play an important role in APC-T-cell interactions and appeaxs to be a critical determinant of the immunopotentiating ability of the zenobiotic tucaresol and other amphipathic aldehydes (see, Rhodes, Immunol. Today 1996, 17: 436-441; Hazen et al., J.
Biol. Chem. 1997, 272: 16990-16998). Amphipathic aldehydes can substitute for the carbonyl groups constitutively expressed on APCs by forming a Schiff base with CD4+
T-cell surface amines and providing a costimulatory signal which leads to a Th-1 type profile of cytokine production and the enhancement of MHC class I-restricted CTL
responses (Rhodes,1996).
Potent, low-toxicity adjuvants which drive both effector arms of the immune system are needed to improve the safety and efficacy of existing vaccines and potentiate the weak immunogenicity of nascent synthetic vaccines. The present invention fulfills the aforementioned and other needs.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one aspect, the present invention provides a compound represented by the Formula I:
R
(I)-In Formula I, the symbol R represents hydrogen or -C(O)H. The symbol Rl represents a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, an unsubstituted Ci_zo alkyl group, a saccharyl group, and a group represented by the formula -C(O)-[C(R3)(R4)]n COOH or -[C(R3)(R4)]n COOH, wherein each R3 and R4 independently is a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted C1_lo alkyl group, an unsubstituted Ci_io alkyl group. The symbol n represents an integer from 1 to 5. The symbol Rz represents a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1_zo alkyl group, and a group represented by the formula -(CHz)mCH(OH)(CHz)pORs, wherein m and p are independently 1 or 2, and RS is a Cz_zo acyl group, or a group represented by the formula O
O
OII Rs CH ~ H R7 ( z)i wherein j is an integer from 1 to 5, and R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group of hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, and an unsubstituted C1_zo alkyl group;
or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
In a second aspect, the present invention provides a liposome vesicle comprising a compound of Formula I.
In a third aspect, the present invention also provides a compound comprising an antigen covalently linked to a compound according to Formula I.
In a fourth aspect, the present invention also provides a vaccine composition comprising an antigen and a compound of Formula I.
In a fifth aspect, the present invention also provides an adjuvant composition for potentiating the immunogenicity of an antigen, including a suspension of water or an aqueous solution. The suspension or solution includes a compound according to Formula I.
The present invention also provides a method for inducing or enhancing immunogenicity of an antigen in a mammal. The method includes administering to the mammal a vaccine composition that includes the antigen and a vaccine adjuvant composition that includes an effective immunopotentiatory amount of a compound according to Formula I.
In a seventh aspect, the present invention also provides a method for treating or preventing a disease in a mammal. The method includes administering to the mammal a vaccine composition. The vaccine composition includes an antigen and an effective immunopotentiatory amount of a compound according to Formula I.
The present invention also provides methods for preparing adjuvants or immunoeffectors. The method includes contacting a first compound with a second compound, thereby forming a third compound under conditions sufficient to form a third compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
The first compound has the formula:
wherein Rz and R8 are independently selected from the group of hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1_zo alkyl group, and a group having the formula -(CHZ)mCH(OH)(CH2)pORs. The symbols m and p are independently 1 or 2. The symbol RS represents a member selected from the group of s substituted C2_ao acyl group, an unsubstituted C2_ao acyl group, or a group having the formula:
O
O
(CH2)~-CH-R7 wherein j is an integer from 1 to 5. The symbols R6 and R' are independently selected from the group of hydrogen, a substituted Ci_2o alkyl group, and an unsubstituted C1_ao alkyl group.
The second compound is selected from the group of MXn. The symbol M
represents a member selected from the group of Al3+, As3+, B3+, Fe2+, Fe3+, Ga3+, Mgz+~
Sb3+, Sb5+, Sn2+, Sn4+, Ti2+, Ti3+, Ti4+, and Zn2+. The symbol n is an integer from 2 to 5, MgX2-OEt2, BX3~SMez, Et2AlCl, EtAlCla. The symbol X represents a member selected from the group of Cl, I, F, and Br. Alternatively, MXn represents a member selected from the group of monoalkyl boronhalides, dialkyl boronhalides, and monoaryl boronhalides, diaryl boronhalides.
The third compound has a structure according to the formula below:
Other objects, features and advantages of the present invention will be apparent from the detailed description that follows DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION AND
THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
Definitions The term "acyl" refers to those groups derived from an organic acid by removal of the hydroxy portion of the acid. Accordingly, acyl is meant to include, for example, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, decanoyl, pivaloyl, benzoyl and the like.
A "C1-CZO acyl group" is an acyl group having from 1 to 20 carbons.
The term "allcyl," by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e.
C1-Clo means one to ten carbons). Examples of saturated hydrocarbon radicals include groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, cyclohexyl, (cyclohexyl)methyl, cyclopropylinethyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like. An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkyl groups include vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. The term "alkyl," unless otherwise noted, is also meant to include those derivatives of alkyl defined in more detail below as "heteroalkyl." Alkyl groups, which are limited to hydrocarbon groups are termed "homoalkyl".
A "C1-C2o alkyl group" is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having from 1 to 20 carbons. Similarly, a "C1 l alkyl group" is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 11 carbons.
The term "alkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkane, as exemplified by -CH2CHZCH2CHa-, and further includes those groups known as "heteroalkylenes."
The term "alkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an allcane, as exemplified by -CHZCH2CH2CHa-, and further includes those groups described below as "heteroalkylene." Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the present invention. A "lower alkyl"
or "lower alkylene" is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
The terms "alkoxy," "alkylamino" and "alkylthio" (or thioalkoxy) are used in their conventional sense, and refer to those alkyl groups attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen atom, an amino group, or a sulfur atom, respectively.
The term "heteroalkyl," by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. The heteroatom Si may be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group, including tJ~e position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include -CH2-CHZ-O-CH3, -CHz-NH-CH3, -CHZ-CH2-N(CH3)-CH3, -CHa-S-CHa-CH3, -CHZ-CHZ,-S(O)-CH3, -CH2_ CHa-S(O)2-CH3, -CH=CH-O-CH3, -Si(CH3)3, -CHZ-CH=N-OCH3, and -CH=CH-N(CH3)-CH3. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, -CHa-NH-and -CH2-O-Si(CH3)3. Similarly, the term "heteroalkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified by -CHZ-S CH2-S-CHZCHa- and -CH2-S-CH2-CHZ-NH-CH2-. For heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like). Still further, for alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups, no orientation of the linking group is implied.
The terms "cycloalkyl" and "heterocycloalkyl", by themselves or in combination with other terms, represent, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of "alkyl" and "heteroalkyl", respectively. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include -(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1 -piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like.
The terms "halo" or "halogen," by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom.
Additionally, terms such as "haloalkyl," are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term "halo(C1-C4)alkyl" is mean to include trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
The term "aryl" means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, typically aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (up to three rings) which are fused together or linked covalently. The term "heteroaryl"
refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from zero to four heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atoms) are optionally quatenuzed. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-fiuyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, and 6-quinolyl. Substituents for each of the above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below.
For brevity, the term "aryl" when used in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above. Thus, the term "arylalkyl" is meant to include those radicals in which an aryl group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylinethyl and the like) including those alkyl groups in which a carbon atom (e.g., a methylene group) has been replaced by, for example, an oxygen atom (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like).
Each of the above terms (e.g., "alkyl," "heteroalkyl," "aryl" and "heteroaryl") are meant to include both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided below.
Substituents for the alkyl and acyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, allcynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl) can be a variety of groups selected from: -OR', =O, =NR', N-OR', -NR'R", -SR', -halogen, -SiR'R"R"', -OC(O)R', -C(O)R', -COZR', -CONR'R", -OC(O)NR'R", -NR"C(O)R', -~~-C(O)s»R»>~ -~»C(O)zR~~ -~-C(~~R»~ ~»>~
-NR'C(NR'R")-NR"',-NR-C(NR'R"~ NR"', -S(O)R', -S(O)zR', -S(O)zNR'R", -NRS02R', -CN and -NOz in a number ranging from zero to (2m'+1), where m' is the total number of carbon atoms in such radical. R', R" and R"' each independently refer to hydrogen, and heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens, unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkoxy groups, or aryl-(C1-C4)alkyl groups.
When a compound of the invention includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R
groups is independently selected as are each R', R" and R"' groups when more than one of these groups is present. When R' and R" are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring.
For example, -NR'R" is meant to include 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. From the above discussion of substituents, one of skill in the art will understand that the term "alkyl" is meant to include groups such as haloalkyl (e.g., -CF3 and -CHZCF3) and acyl (e.g., -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CF3, -C(O)CHzOCH3, and the like).
Similarly, substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from: -halogen, -OR', -OC(O)R', -NR'R", -SR', -R', -CN, -NOz, -C02R', -CONR'R", -C(O)R', -OC(O)NR'R"~ -NR"C(O)R', -NR"C(O)aR', -NR'-C(O)NR"R"', -S(O)aNR'R", -NRS(O)ZR', -N3, -CH(Ph)2, fluoro(Cl-C4)allcoxy, and fluoro(C1-Ca.)alkyl, in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on the aromatic ring 5 system; and where R', R" and R"' are independently selected from hydrogen, (C1-C$)alkyl and heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl and heteroaryl, (unsubstituted aryl)-(C1-C4)alkyl, and (unsubstituted aryl)oxy-(Ci-C4)alkyl. When a compound of the invention includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R', R" and R"' groups when more than one of these groups is 10 present.
Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -T-C(O)-(CRR'2)q U-, wherein T and U are independently -NR-, -O-, -CRR'- or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CHZ)r B-, wherein A and B are independently -CRR'-, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)a-, -S(O)ZNR'- or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4. One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond.
Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -(CRR')S X-(CR"R"')c-, where s and t are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X is -O-, -NR'-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, or -S(O)2NR'-. The substituents R, R', R" and R"' are independently selected from hydrogen or unsubstituted (C1-C6)alkyl.
As used herein, the term "heteroatom" is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N~, sulfur (S) and silicon (Si).
The term "saccharyl" refers to those groups derived from a sugar, a carbohydrate, a saccharide, a disaccharide, an oligosaccharide, or a polysaccharide molecule by removal of a hydrogen or a hydroxyl group. Accordingly, saccharyl groups (e.g., glucosyl, mannosyl, etc.) can be derived from molecules that include, but are not limited to, glucuronic acid, lactose, sucrose, maltose, allose, alltrose, glucose, mannose, idose, galactose, talose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, threose, erythrose, a-D-N
Acetylgalactosamine, (3-D-N Acetylglucosamine, fucose, sialic acid, etc. A "C6-CZo saccharyl group" is a substituted (e.g. acylated saccharyl, alkylated saccharyl, arylated saccharyl, etc.) or unsubstituted saccharyl group having from 6 to 20 carbons.
An example of a saccharyl group is a radical formed by the removal of the hydroxyl on the C1 position of glucuronic acid as represented by the formula:
O
HO
HO
OH . The wavy bond indicates where the glucuronide radical (i.e., a glucuronic acid group) would be attached to another substituent, e.g., an aglycon unit. Thus, saccharyl groups include sugar molecules where the hydroxyl on the C1 position has been removed.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" is meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds of the present invention contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt. When compounds of the present invention contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, malefic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts", Journal of Pharmaceutical Science,1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds of the present invention contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
The neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of the present invention.
In addition to salt forms, the present invention provides compounds, which are in a prodrug form. Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present invention. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds of the present invention when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present invention and are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
Certain compounds of the present invention possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers and individual isomers are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
The chemical compounds of the present invention may exist in (+) and (-) forms as well as in racemic forms.
Racemic forms can be resolved into the optical antipodes by known methods and techniques. One way of separating the racemic forms is exemplified by the separation of racemic amines by conversion of the racemates to diastereomeric salts of an optically active acid. The diastereomeric salts are resolved using one or more art recognized methods. The optically active amine is subsequently liberated by treating the resolved salt with a base. Another method for resolving racemates into the optical antipodes is based upon chromatography on an optical active matrix. Racemic compounds of the present invention can thus be resolved into their optical antipodes, e.g., by fractional crystallization of d- or 1-tartrates, -mandelates, or -camphorsulfonate) salts for example.
The chemical compounds of the present invention may also be resolved by the formation of diastereomeric amides by reaction of the chemical compounds of the present invention with an optically active carboxylic acid such as that derived from (+) or (-) phenylalanine, (+) or (-) phenylglycine, (+) or (-) camphanic acid or the like.
Alternatively, the compounds of the invention are resolved by the formation of diastereomeric carbamates by reaction of the chemical compound of the present invention with an optically active chloroformate or the like.
Additional methods for the resolving the optical isomers are known in the art. Such methods include those described by Collet and Wilen, ENANTIOMERS, IZACEMATES, AND RESOLUTIONS, John Wiley and Sons, New York (1981).
Moreover, some of the chemical compounds of the invention can exist in syn-and anti-forms (Z- and E-form), depending on the arrangement of the substituents around a double bond. A chemical compound of the present invention may thus be the syn- or the anti-form (Z- and E-form), or it may be a mixture hereof.
The compounds of the present invention may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (3H), iodine-125 (lzsl) or carbon-14 (14C). All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present invention, whether radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
An "effective immunopotentiatory amount" is an amount of a compound that is effective to potentiate an immune response to one or more antigens.
The immune response can be measured, without limitation, by measuring antibody titers against an antigen (e.g., HBsAg, etc.), assessing the ability of a vaccine containing a compound of the present invention to immunize a host in response to a disease or antigen challenge, etc. Preferably administering an "effective immunopotentiatory amount" of a compound of formula I to a subject increases one or more antibody titers (e.g., IgGl, IgGl, IgG2a, IgG2b, etc.) by 10% or more over a nonimmune control, even more preferably by 20% or more over a nonimmune control, and still more preferably by 30% or more over a nonimmune control, and most preferably by 100% or more over a nonimmune control.
Introduction In an effort to improve the safety of vaccines, manufacturers are avoiding whole cell killed vaccines, and producing recombinant or subunit vaccines. In the preparation of these safer vaccines extraneous bacterial or viral components are eliminated, while the minimal structures or epitopes deemed necessary for protective immunity remain. The safety of these vaccines is improved due to the elimination of extraneous bacterial or viral components which often times prove to be toxic and pyrogenic. However, the same components that result in toxicity provide nonspecific immunostimulation that make whole cell vaccines so effective. Without the additional immunostimulation the minimal structures and epitopes comprising recombinant and subunit vaccines are often poorly immunogenic. Thus, the need for effective vaccine adjuvants is well recognized. Ideally, these adjuvants will boost the protective immune response without inducing unwanted toxicity and pyrogenicity.
In an effort to obtain novel immunostimulants, synthetic molecules have been prepared which share structural similarities with the immunoeffector tucaresol.
These compounds and methods for using them are described in more detail below.
Compounds In one aspect, the present invention provides a compound represented by the Formula I:
R~
(I).
In Formula I, the symbol R represents hydrogen or -C(O)H. The symbol Rl represents a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted Cl_zo alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1_zo alkyl group, a saccharyl group, and a group represented by the formula -C(O)-[C(R3)(R4)]n-COOH or -[C(R3)(R4)]n COOH, wherein each R3 and R4 independently is a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted C1_io alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1_io alkyl group. The symbol n represents an integer from 1 to 5. The symbol Rz represents a member selected from hydrogen, a substituted Ci_zo alkyl group, an unsubstituted Ci_zo alkyl group, and a group represented by the formula -(CH2)mCH(OH)(CH2)pORs, wherein m and p are independently 1 or 2, and RS is a 02_20 acyl group, or a group represented by Formula II:
O
O
OII Rs CH ~ H R~
2)~ (II).
In Formula II, j is an integer from 1 to 5. The symbols R6 and R7 are independently 5 selected from the group of hydrogen, a substituted Ci_2o alkyl group, and an unsubstituted Ci-2o alkyl group; or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
In a preferred embodiment, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
In another preferred embodiment, R2 is a group represented by the 10 formula: -(CH2)mCH(OH)(CH2)pORS, in which m and p are independently 1 or 2.
The symbol RS is preferably an acyl group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably from 10 to 20 carbon atoms.
In another preferred embodiment, RS is a group represented by Formula (II) wherein j is 1, 2, or 3. R6 and R' are independently selected from the group of 15 hydrogen, a substituted Cl_zo alkyl group, and an unsubstituted C1_2o alkyl group.
Although R6 and R7 can be a branched-, or straight chain, saturated or unsaturated alkyl of substantially any length, in a preferred embodiment, R6 and R' are each independently alkyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In a further preferred embodiment, R6 and R' are each independently alkyl groups having from 10 to 20 carbon atoms. In a particularly preferred embodiment, at least one of R6 or R7 is a substituted C1_a alkyl group, or an unsubstituted C1_n alkyl group. In addition to the compounds provided above, the present invention includes pharmacologically acceptable salts of the compounds according to Formula I.
For those embodiments in which Rl is a saccharyl group, a variety of mono- ,di-, or polysaccharides are useful. In one preferred embodiment, the saccharyl group is derived from the monosaccharide glucuronic acid, and is selected from either the a- or a- forms of this saccharyl group. As shown below, the site of attachment of the saccharyl group to the remainder of the molecule can be at the reducing end (i.e., the C1 position) of the saccharyl group, as is indicated by the wavy line.
In Formula II, j is an integer from 1 to 5. The symbols R6 and R7 are independently 5 selected from the group of hydrogen, a substituted Ci_2o alkyl group, and an unsubstituted Ci-2o alkyl group; or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
In a preferred embodiment, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
In another preferred embodiment, R2 is a group represented by the 10 formula: -(CH2)mCH(OH)(CH2)pORS, in which m and p are independently 1 or 2.
The symbol RS is preferably an acyl group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably from 10 to 20 carbon atoms.
In another preferred embodiment, RS is a group represented by Formula (II) wherein j is 1, 2, or 3. R6 and R' are independently selected from the group of 15 hydrogen, a substituted Cl_zo alkyl group, and an unsubstituted C1_2o alkyl group.
Although R6 and R7 can be a branched-, or straight chain, saturated or unsaturated alkyl of substantially any length, in a preferred embodiment, R6 and R' are each independently alkyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In a further preferred embodiment, R6 and R' are each independently alkyl groups having from 10 to 20 carbon atoms. In a particularly preferred embodiment, at least one of R6 or R7 is a substituted C1_a alkyl group, or an unsubstituted C1_n alkyl group. In addition to the compounds provided above, the present invention includes pharmacologically acceptable salts of the compounds according to Formula I.
For those embodiments in which Rl is a saccharyl group, a variety of mono- ,di-, or polysaccharides are useful. In one preferred embodiment, the saccharyl group is derived from the monosaccharide glucuronic acid, and is selected from either the a- or a- forms of this saccharyl group. As shown below, the site of attachment of the saccharyl group to the remainder of the molecule can be at the reducing end (i.e., the C1 position) of the saccharyl group, as is indicated by the wavy line.
3 PCT/USO1/08548 HOZ HOC
O O
HO ~ HO "' HO O~~ HO
OH OH
O~
a Form (3 Form In some embodiments, it is preferred that the saccharyl group is a C6_so saccharyl group, more preferably a C6_3o saccharyl group, and still more preferably a C6_zo saccharyl group, and yet still more preferably a C6_io saccharyl group.
Within the above general description, a number of embodiments are particularly preferred. In one preferred embodiment, R, Rl and R2 are all hydrogens, and the compound is isotucaresol, represented by Formula (III):
(III).
In another preferred embodiment, R is hydrogen, Rl is a [i-D-glucuronic acid group, R2 is hydrogen, and the compound is represented by Formula (IV):
(IV).
In one embodiment, R is hydrogen, Rl is a succinoyl group (i.e., Rl=
-C(O)-[C(R3)(R4)]ri COOH, wherein R3 and R4 are hydrogen; n is 2 and RZ is hydrogen.
The compound is represented by Formula (V):
(V) In one embodiment, R is hydrogen, R1 is a (3-D-glucuronic acid group, and RZ is an 1-O-acyl-sn-glyceryl group (sn=stereospecifically numbered; see, Carb. Res.
1998, 312, 167), and the compound is represented by Formula (VI):
(VI).
In one embodiment, the acyl group of the 1-O-acyl-sh-glyceryl moiety is acetyl (e.g., R8 in Formula VI is methyl; compound 6a), and in another embodiment, octanoyl (R8 is heptyl; compound 6b), and in one embodiment, tetradecanoyl (R$
is tridecyl; compound 6c).
In another aspect, the present invention provides a compound represented by the Formula I(a):
R~oR2 R~
RZ and R1° are independently selected and the symbol R1°
represents a member as described above for R2. Compounds of Formula I(a) are useful as adjuvants and immunoeffectors as described herein for compounds of Formula I.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a compound represented by the Formula I(b):
R~
Compounds of Formula I(a) are useful as adjuvants and immunoeffectors as described herein for compounds of Formula I.
The amphipathic aldehydes according to Formulae IV-VI as saponin mimetics possess isotucaresol (Formula III) as an open-chain analog of quillaic acid (1) which is substituted with lipophilic andlor hydrophilic domains. The design of isotucaresol (Formula III) as a pharmacophore of 1 is based on the premise that saponins are more sti-u.cturally complex than is necessary for optimal adjuvant effects. Similar to the steroids, the ABC-ring junctures of quillaic acid are all-traps, making the molecule relatively rigid and flat, and thus amenable to molecular mimicry by aromatic seco derivatives. Isotucaresol is an aromatic "triseco" derivative of quillaic acid in which elements of three rings (B, C, E) of the triterpene have been removed but the spatial relationship of key functionality has been maintained.
Quillaic Acid (1) The significance of having two reactive aldehyde moieties on the A-ring of isotucaresol provides the potential for simultaneous engagement of both formyl groups in imine formation with the multiple lysyl E-amino groups (see, Wyss et al., Science 1995, 269: 1273-1278) clustered in the CD2 cell-surface glycoprotein present on T
lymphocytes. CD2 is believed to be the principle receptor for Schiff base-mediated costimulation of T-cells (Rhodes,1996). Multivalent ligand-receptor interactions are common in biological systems and, in the context of T-cell activation, may help to explain not only the immunogenicity of MAA-adducted peptides but also the success of ~a recent cancer vaccine strategy (see, Apostolopoulos et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci., U.S.A.
1995, 92: 10128-10132) employing formylated mucins.
By covalently bonding an antigen to an extrinsic adjuvant (immunomodulator) such as the compound of Formula I, a discrete molecule is produced which exhibits a surprisingly unexpected enhanced adjuvanting effect on the antigen which is greater than the adjuvanting effect attainable in the absence of such covalent bonding, as in a mixture of the two components (i.e., the antigen and a compound of Formula I). A further enhanced adjuvanting effect may be attained for such covalently-bonded antigen by incorporating a mineral salt adjuvant with such compounds.
The mineral salt adjuvant preferably comprises aluminum hydroxide or aluminum phosphate, although other known mineral salt adjuvants, such as calcium phosphate, zinc hydroxide or calcium hydroxide, may be used.
Aqueous solubility is a desirable characteristic of adjuvant-active saponins and aids in vaccine formulation and efficacy (Kensil,1996). Unlike oil-based emulsions and mineral salt adjuvants which can denature antigens and prevent protective effects, saponins are non-denaturing adjuvants due to their high aqueous solubility.
Their high water solubility also obviates extensive homogenation procedures required for emulsion-type adjuvants, permitting simple mixing of aqueous adjuvant and antigen solutions prior to immunization. Although saponins exhibit a great deal of structural variability in the glycosides attached to C-3 and C-28 of the quillaic acid aglycon unit, the minimal carbohydrate requirement for adjuvanticity (and aqueous solubility) either alone or in formulation (with ISCOMs, alum, etc.) appears to be a glycosidically linked D-glucuronic acid ((3-D-GIcA) moiety at C-3 (see, Bomford et al., haccine 1992, 10: 572-577; So et al., 1997). Thus, a D-glucuronic acid moiety, glycosidically linked to the phenol group of isotucaresol (III~itself sparingly soluble at physiologic pH-enhances both aqueous solubility and adjuvanticity, partly by virtue of a second ionizable carboxyl group (compound (IV)). Water-soluble O-glycosides of simple hydroxybenzaldehydes (e.g., helicin (31)) not only occur in nature but readily form stable Schiff base derivatives as well (see, The Merck Index, 12th ed.; Merck & Co., Inc.: Whitehouse Station, NJ,1996) The synthetically simpler succinate (V) is also useful since succinic acid constitutes a simple 4-carbon isostere for the glucuronic acid moiety and has been used to impart triterpenes with aqueous solubility (see, Gottfried and Baxendale, U.S. Patent No.
3,070,623,1962).
It is important to note that chemical modification of the glucuronic carboxyl of QS-21 does not significantly alter adjuvant activity (Soltysik et al.,1995).
Thus, the carboxyl group offers a unique site for attachment of a lipophilic fatty acid domain or a poorly immunogenic peptide. In fact, the attachment of simple lipophilic moieties to the glucuronic acid of deacylated Quillaja saponin or saponins lacking fatty acid domains was recently shown to enhance humoral and cell-mediated immunity (see, Marciani, WO 98/52573,1998; and U.S Patent No. 6,080,725). A peptide determinant linked to the glucuronic carboxyl of a compound of Formula IV (or the more lipophilic derivatives according to compounds 6a-6c) would also confer favorable solubility characteristics and potentially provide synthetic vaccines with built-in adjuvanticity.
Increased immunogenicity has been observed for lipophilic Quillaj a saponins covalently linked to peptide antigens via the glucuronic carboxyl (see, Kensil et al., In Yacciraes 92;
Brown, F., Chanock, R.M., Ginsberg, H.S., Lerner, R.A., Eds.; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press: Plainview, NY,1992; pp. 35-40).
5 While not wishing to be bound by the theory or rationale for using hydrophilic Schiff base-forming compounds lacking fatty acyl groups (i.e., compounds according to Formulae IV and V as adjuvants and immunoeffectors, the use of these compounds deserves further comment. In the case of QS-21 the fatty acid domain, common also to QS-17 and QS-18, plays a critical role: controlled alkaline hydrolysis to 10 give either a desacyl saponin_ (cleavage at site A in 3) or a quillaic acid derivative (cleavage at the site B) shows that neither of these two hydrolysis products nor the intact fatty acid domain enhance antibody titers or antigen-specific CTLs to ovalbumin when formulated in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (see, Kensil et al.,1996; Kensil et al., 1992). This and other evidence suggests that antigen binding through hydrophobic 15 interactions is reduced or eliminated when the fatty acid domain is absent.
However, a recent study with the QS-21 "B fragment" isolated from unmodified crude Quillaja extract showed that this saponin (designated QS-L1, see, QS-21 partial structure) boosted humoral and cellular immune responses to recombinant hepatitis B surface antigen (rHBsAg) when administered in the presence of alum precipitated antigen. In fact, QS-20 L1 induced a greater total IgG response in mice than QS-21 to alum-precipitated HBsAg (So et al.,1997). These results suggest the importance of charge interaction between alum, anionic adjuvants, and peptide antigens.
The importance of the fatty acid domain to saponin adjuvanticity is further obscured by the recent structure elucidation of the hydrophilic saponin QS-7 (Kensil et al.,1998). QS-7 is a bisdesmosidic saponin possessing branched sugar units at C-3 and C-28 of quillaic acid similar to those of QS-21, but in contrast possesses an acetyl group in lieu of a large lipid domain on the fucose ring. Like QS-21, QS-7 is a potent inducer of cell-mediated and humoral responses to a vaxiety of antigens, but lacks the characteristic hemolytic activity of saponins towards red blood cells (Kensil, 1996; Kensil et al.,1998).
Hemolytic activity-thought to be due to the ability of saponin to intercalate into cell membranes and form a hexagonal array of pores involving cholesterol-complexed saponin molecules-does not correlate with adjuvant activity, however: QS-7 is non-hemolytic whereas digitonin, an adjuvant-inactive steroidal saponin, is highly hemolytic (Kensil,1996; Kensil et al.,1998; see, Kensil et al., J. Immuhol. 1991, 146:
431-437).
Thus, CTL induction by exogenous soluble antigen does not appear to be closely associated with either saponin-induced pore formation or the presence of a complex lipophilic domain.
In addition to contributing to the greater toxicity of QS-21 and other lipophilic saponins, the complex fatty acid domain comprising two 3,5-dihydroxy-6-methyl-octanoic acid (DHMO) residues imparts considerable instability to lipophilic saponins. For example, a rapid reversible migration of the DHMO domain occurs between the 3- and 4-hydroxyl groups of fucose in QS-21, confounding purification and purity analysis as well as structure/function assessment (see, Cleland et al., J. PhaYm. Sci.
1996, 85: 22-28).
This intramolecular transesterification can be ascribed to the known lability of (3-hydroxy esters (see, Sadekov et al., Russ. Chem. Rev. (Eng.
Transl.) 1970, 39: 179-195) (to nucleophilic attack by a vicinal hydroxyl in 3, for example).
For the same reason, base-catalyzed deacylation is a significant degradation process for QS-21 in aqueous solution, thus limiting the formulations and storage conditions with which QS-21 can be used (Kensil et al.,1995; Cleland,1996).
Accordingly, the lipophilic derivatives (compounds 6a-c) wherein an sn-glycerol unit (same C-2 relative stereochemistry as D-fucose) has been selected as an open-chain analog of the fucose ring and simple fatty acid residues as stable substitutes for the complex DHMO residues of QS-21; acetate (compound 6a) is an analog of the more hydrophilic and less toxic QS-7. The structural relationship between compounds according to compound 6a and QS-21 is shown in bold in 3.
The synthesis of compounds according to Formulae IV-VI requires an efficient route to the isotucaresol backbone which is amenable to both scale-up and analog preparation. The original approach to a compound of Formula III, based on Kneen's multi-step synthesis of tucaresol, (see, Kneen, EP054924, 1986; and U.S. Patent No. 4,535,183) involved benzofuran starting materials and an ozonolysis step.
Other alternate routes for synthesis exist, as discussed below.
Synthesis of Com op ands From a retrosynthetic perspective (Scheme I) the lipophilic isotucaresol compounds can be divided into three major subunits: a glucuronic acid saccharyl unit, an isotucaresol nucleus, and a 3-O-acylated-sn-glycerol unit. Since compounds according Formula IV and compounds 6a-c have the glucuronic acid moiety in common, a logical way to assemble these three subunits is by initial glycosylation (or succinoylation in the case of compounds according to Formula V) of isotucaresol t-butyl ester 7 to give 8, and subsequent selective acylation of the primary hydroxyl group of advanced intermediate 9.
This approach reduces the overall number of steps needed to prepare compounds of Formulae IV to VI as compared to a divergent strategy involving initial side-chain introduction (compound 6a-c) and permits the potential application of advanced intermediate 9 to the synthesis of other lipophilic derivatives. Further, this route allows incorporation of the chiral synthon 10 late in the synthesis. This synthetic strategy is also suitable for conjugating a peptide to the glucuronic carboxyl with or without a lipophilic side-chain present.
A strategy such as that outlined in Scheme I preferably utilizes orthogonal protection of the aromatic and sugar carboxyl groups as well as protection of the sugar hydroxyl groups of 8 prior to t-butyl ester deprotection and esterification with 10. A t-butyl ester is preferred for benzoate protection due to its stability to the basic conditions of certain o-formylation methods (i.e.,12~7) and its facile acidic cleavage in the presence of the allyl-based protecting groups of the glucuronide. The allyloxycarbonyl (AOC) group is readily introduced into sugars and can be removed along with the allyl ester group under neutral conditions with a palladium (0) catalyst (see, Harada et al., J.
Carbohydr. Chem. 1995,14, 165-170; see, Guibe, Tetrahedron 1998, 54: 2967-3042).
Since the Mitsunobu reaction has been used for the stereoselective synthesis of aryl (see, Roush and Lin, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1995, 117: 2236-2250) and other (see, Smith et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27: 5813) ~3-glycosides from a variety of phenols and sugars including allyl glucuronate 11, (see, Juteau et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38: 1481-1484) compound 8 (R = H) can be constructed directly from 7 and 11 using the Mitsunobu protocol. The isotucaresol ring system 7 can also be derived from hydroquinone (13) via benzylation with 14 and o-formylation, or alternatively via a route analogous to Kneen's tucaresol synthesis 22 from benzofuran derivatives 15 and 16.
An alternate approach to the construction of an isotucaresol linchpin, which allows ready access to either (IV)-(VI) via a route analogous to Scheme I or (compounds 6a-c) via a divergent path, o-metalation strategies (see, infra) are also useful for introducing the formyl group. Starting materials which already include an o-formyl group are also useful to prepare compounds of the invention.
Scheme I. Retros~nthesis 6a-c \ COZt-Bu \ O ~ / HO
RO OZ~lyl ~ / +
O O
HO ~ HO "' HO O~~ HO
OH OH
O~
a Form (3 Form In some embodiments, it is preferred that the saccharyl group is a C6_so saccharyl group, more preferably a C6_3o saccharyl group, and still more preferably a C6_zo saccharyl group, and yet still more preferably a C6_io saccharyl group.
Within the above general description, a number of embodiments are particularly preferred. In one preferred embodiment, R, Rl and R2 are all hydrogens, and the compound is isotucaresol, represented by Formula (III):
(III).
In another preferred embodiment, R is hydrogen, Rl is a [i-D-glucuronic acid group, R2 is hydrogen, and the compound is represented by Formula (IV):
(IV).
In one embodiment, R is hydrogen, Rl is a succinoyl group (i.e., Rl=
-C(O)-[C(R3)(R4)]ri COOH, wherein R3 and R4 are hydrogen; n is 2 and RZ is hydrogen.
The compound is represented by Formula (V):
(V) In one embodiment, R is hydrogen, R1 is a (3-D-glucuronic acid group, and RZ is an 1-O-acyl-sn-glyceryl group (sn=stereospecifically numbered; see, Carb. Res.
1998, 312, 167), and the compound is represented by Formula (VI):
(VI).
In one embodiment, the acyl group of the 1-O-acyl-sh-glyceryl moiety is acetyl (e.g., R8 in Formula VI is methyl; compound 6a), and in another embodiment, octanoyl (R8 is heptyl; compound 6b), and in one embodiment, tetradecanoyl (R$
is tridecyl; compound 6c).
In another aspect, the present invention provides a compound represented by the Formula I(a):
R~oR2 R~
RZ and R1° are independently selected and the symbol R1°
represents a member as described above for R2. Compounds of Formula I(a) are useful as adjuvants and immunoeffectors as described herein for compounds of Formula I.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a compound represented by the Formula I(b):
R~
Compounds of Formula I(a) are useful as adjuvants and immunoeffectors as described herein for compounds of Formula I.
The amphipathic aldehydes according to Formulae IV-VI as saponin mimetics possess isotucaresol (Formula III) as an open-chain analog of quillaic acid (1) which is substituted with lipophilic andlor hydrophilic domains. The design of isotucaresol (Formula III) as a pharmacophore of 1 is based on the premise that saponins are more sti-u.cturally complex than is necessary for optimal adjuvant effects. Similar to the steroids, the ABC-ring junctures of quillaic acid are all-traps, making the molecule relatively rigid and flat, and thus amenable to molecular mimicry by aromatic seco derivatives. Isotucaresol is an aromatic "triseco" derivative of quillaic acid in which elements of three rings (B, C, E) of the triterpene have been removed but the spatial relationship of key functionality has been maintained.
Quillaic Acid (1) The significance of having two reactive aldehyde moieties on the A-ring of isotucaresol provides the potential for simultaneous engagement of both formyl groups in imine formation with the multiple lysyl E-amino groups (see, Wyss et al., Science 1995, 269: 1273-1278) clustered in the CD2 cell-surface glycoprotein present on T
lymphocytes. CD2 is believed to be the principle receptor for Schiff base-mediated costimulation of T-cells (Rhodes,1996). Multivalent ligand-receptor interactions are common in biological systems and, in the context of T-cell activation, may help to explain not only the immunogenicity of MAA-adducted peptides but also the success of ~a recent cancer vaccine strategy (see, Apostolopoulos et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci., U.S.A.
1995, 92: 10128-10132) employing formylated mucins.
By covalently bonding an antigen to an extrinsic adjuvant (immunomodulator) such as the compound of Formula I, a discrete molecule is produced which exhibits a surprisingly unexpected enhanced adjuvanting effect on the antigen which is greater than the adjuvanting effect attainable in the absence of such covalent bonding, as in a mixture of the two components (i.e., the antigen and a compound of Formula I). A further enhanced adjuvanting effect may be attained for such covalently-bonded antigen by incorporating a mineral salt adjuvant with such compounds.
The mineral salt adjuvant preferably comprises aluminum hydroxide or aluminum phosphate, although other known mineral salt adjuvants, such as calcium phosphate, zinc hydroxide or calcium hydroxide, may be used.
Aqueous solubility is a desirable characteristic of adjuvant-active saponins and aids in vaccine formulation and efficacy (Kensil,1996). Unlike oil-based emulsions and mineral salt adjuvants which can denature antigens and prevent protective effects, saponins are non-denaturing adjuvants due to their high aqueous solubility.
Their high water solubility also obviates extensive homogenation procedures required for emulsion-type adjuvants, permitting simple mixing of aqueous adjuvant and antigen solutions prior to immunization. Although saponins exhibit a great deal of structural variability in the glycosides attached to C-3 and C-28 of the quillaic acid aglycon unit, the minimal carbohydrate requirement for adjuvanticity (and aqueous solubility) either alone or in formulation (with ISCOMs, alum, etc.) appears to be a glycosidically linked D-glucuronic acid ((3-D-GIcA) moiety at C-3 (see, Bomford et al., haccine 1992, 10: 572-577; So et al., 1997). Thus, a D-glucuronic acid moiety, glycosidically linked to the phenol group of isotucaresol (III~itself sparingly soluble at physiologic pH-enhances both aqueous solubility and adjuvanticity, partly by virtue of a second ionizable carboxyl group (compound (IV)). Water-soluble O-glycosides of simple hydroxybenzaldehydes (e.g., helicin (31)) not only occur in nature but readily form stable Schiff base derivatives as well (see, The Merck Index, 12th ed.; Merck & Co., Inc.: Whitehouse Station, NJ,1996) The synthetically simpler succinate (V) is also useful since succinic acid constitutes a simple 4-carbon isostere for the glucuronic acid moiety and has been used to impart triterpenes with aqueous solubility (see, Gottfried and Baxendale, U.S. Patent No.
3,070,623,1962).
It is important to note that chemical modification of the glucuronic carboxyl of QS-21 does not significantly alter adjuvant activity (Soltysik et al.,1995).
Thus, the carboxyl group offers a unique site for attachment of a lipophilic fatty acid domain or a poorly immunogenic peptide. In fact, the attachment of simple lipophilic moieties to the glucuronic acid of deacylated Quillaja saponin or saponins lacking fatty acid domains was recently shown to enhance humoral and cell-mediated immunity (see, Marciani, WO 98/52573,1998; and U.S Patent No. 6,080,725). A peptide determinant linked to the glucuronic carboxyl of a compound of Formula IV (or the more lipophilic derivatives according to compounds 6a-6c) would also confer favorable solubility characteristics and potentially provide synthetic vaccines with built-in adjuvanticity.
Increased immunogenicity has been observed for lipophilic Quillaj a saponins covalently linked to peptide antigens via the glucuronic carboxyl (see, Kensil et al., In Yacciraes 92;
Brown, F., Chanock, R.M., Ginsberg, H.S., Lerner, R.A., Eds.; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press: Plainview, NY,1992; pp. 35-40).
5 While not wishing to be bound by the theory or rationale for using hydrophilic Schiff base-forming compounds lacking fatty acyl groups (i.e., compounds according to Formulae IV and V as adjuvants and immunoeffectors, the use of these compounds deserves further comment. In the case of QS-21 the fatty acid domain, common also to QS-17 and QS-18, plays a critical role: controlled alkaline hydrolysis to 10 give either a desacyl saponin_ (cleavage at site A in 3) or a quillaic acid derivative (cleavage at the site B) shows that neither of these two hydrolysis products nor the intact fatty acid domain enhance antibody titers or antigen-specific CTLs to ovalbumin when formulated in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (see, Kensil et al.,1996; Kensil et al., 1992). This and other evidence suggests that antigen binding through hydrophobic 15 interactions is reduced or eliminated when the fatty acid domain is absent.
However, a recent study with the QS-21 "B fragment" isolated from unmodified crude Quillaja extract showed that this saponin (designated QS-L1, see, QS-21 partial structure) boosted humoral and cellular immune responses to recombinant hepatitis B surface antigen (rHBsAg) when administered in the presence of alum precipitated antigen. In fact, QS-20 L1 induced a greater total IgG response in mice than QS-21 to alum-precipitated HBsAg (So et al.,1997). These results suggest the importance of charge interaction between alum, anionic adjuvants, and peptide antigens.
The importance of the fatty acid domain to saponin adjuvanticity is further obscured by the recent structure elucidation of the hydrophilic saponin QS-7 (Kensil et al.,1998). QS-7 is a bisdesmosidic saponin possessing branched sugar units at C-3 and C-28 of quillaic acid similar to those of QS-21, but in contrast possesses an acetyl group in lieu of a large lipid domain on the fucose ring. Like QS-21, QS-7 is a potent inducer of cell-mediated and humoral responses to a vaxiety of antigens, but lacks the characteristic hemolytic activity of saponins towards red blood cells (Kensil, 1996; Kensil et al.,1998).
Hemolytic activity-thought to be due to the ability of saponin to intercalate into cell membranes and form a hexagonal array of pores involving cholesterol-complexed saponin molecules-does not correlate with adjuvant activity, however: QS-7 is non-hemolytic whereas digitonin, an adjuvant-inactive steroidal saponin, is highly hemolytic (Kensil,1996; Kensil et al.,1998; see, Kensil et al., J. Immuhol. 1991, 146:
431-437).
Thus, CTL induction by exogenous soluble antigen does not appear to be closely associated with either saponin-induced pore formation or the presence of a complex lipophilic domain.
In addition to contributing to the greater toxicity of QS-21 and other lipophilic saponins, the complex fatty acid domain comprising two 3,5-dihydroxy-6-methyl-octanoic acid (DHMO) residues imparts considerable instability to lipophilic saponins. For example, a rapid reversible migration of the DHMO domain occurs between the 3- and 4-hydroxyl groups of fucose in QS-21, confounding purification and purity analysis as well as structure/function assessment (see, Cleland et al., J. PhaYm. Sci.
1996, 85: 22-28).
This intramolecular transesterification can be ascribed to the known lability of (3-hydroxy esters (see, Sadekov et al., Russ. Chem. Rev. (Eng.
Transl.) 1970, 39: 179-195) (to nucleophilic attack by a vicinal hydroxyl in 3, for example).
For the same reason, base-catalyzed deacylation is a significant degradation process for QS-21 in aqueous solution, thus limiting the formulations and storage conditions with which QS-21 can be used (Kensil et al.,1995; Cleland,1996).
Accordingly, the lipophilic derivatives (compounds 6a-c) wherein an sn-glycerol unit (same C-2 relative stereochemistry as D-fucose) has been selected as an open-chain analog of the fucose ring and simple fatty acid residues as stable substitutes for the complex DHMO residues of QS-21; acetate (compound 6a) is an analog of the more hydrophilic and less toxic QS-7. The structural relationship between compounds according to compound 6a and QS-21 is shown in bold in 3.
The synthesis of compounds according to Formulae IV-VI requires an efficient route to the isotucaresol backbone which is amenable to both scale-up and analog preparation. The original approach to a compound of Formula III, based on Kneen's multi-step synthesis of tucaresol, (see, Kneen, EP054924, 1986; and U.S. Patent No. 4,535,183) involved benzofuran starting materials and an ozonolysis step.
Other alternate routes for synthesis exist, as discussed below.
Synthesis of Com op ands From a retrosynthetic perspective (Scheme I) the lipophilic isotucaresol compounds can be divided into three major subunits: a glucuronic acid saccharyl unit, an isotucaresol nucleus, and a 3-O-acylated-sn-glycerol unit. Since compounds according Formula IV and compounds 6a-c have the glucuronic acid moiety in common, a logical way to assemble these three subunits is by initial glycosylation (or succinoylation in the case of compounds according to Formula V) of isotucaresol t-butyl ester 7 to give 8, and subsequent selective acylation of the primary hydroxyl group of advanced intermediate 9.
This approach reduces the overall number of steps needed to prepare compounds of Formulae IV to VI as compared to a divergent strategy involving initial side-chain introduction (compound 6a-c) and permits the potential application of advanced intermediate 9 to the synthesis of other lipophilic derivatives. Further, this route allows incorporation of the chiral synthon 10 late in the synthesis. This synthetic strategy is also suitable for conjugating a peptide to the glucuronic carboxyl with or without a lipophilic side-chain present.
A strategy such as that outlined in Scheme I preferably utilizes orthogonal protection of the aromatic and sugar carboxyl groups as well as protection of the sugar hydroxyl groups of 8 prior to t-butyl ester deprotection and esterification with 10. A t-butyl ester is preferred for benzoate protection due to its stability to the basic conditions of certain o-formylation methods (i.e.,12~7) and its facile acidic cleavage in the presence of the allyl-based protecting groups of the glucuronide. The allyloxycarbonyl (AOC) group is readily introduced into sugars and can be removed along with the allyl ester group under neutral conditions with a palladium (0) catalyst (see, Harada et al., J.
Carbohydr. Chem. 1995,14, 165-170; see, Guibe, Tetrahedron 1998, 54: 2967-3042).
Since the Mitsunobu reaction has been used for the stereoselective synthesis of aryl (see, Roush and Lin, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1995, 117: 2236-2250) and other (see, Smith et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1986, 27: 5813) ~3-glycosides from a variety of phenols and sugars including allyl glucuronate 11, (see, Juteau et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38: 1481-1484) compound 8 (R = H) can be constructed directly from 7 and 11 using the Mitsunobu protocol. The isotucaresol ring system 7 can also be derived from hydroquinone (13) via benzylation with 14 and o-formylation, or alternatively via a route analogous to Kneen's tucaresol synthesis 22 from benzofuran derivatives 15 and 16.
An alternate approach to the construction of an isotucaresol linchpin, which allows ready access to either (IV)-(VI) via a route analogous to Scheme I or (compounds 6a-c) via a divergent path, o-metalation strategies (see, infra) are also useful for introducing the formyl group. Starting materials which already include an o-formyl group are also useful to prepare compounds of the invention.
Scheme I. Retros~nthesis 6a-c \ COZt-Bu \ O ~ / HO
RO OZ~lyl ~ / +
4 ~ O
RO
RO CHO
8 R = H or AOC
\ COZt-Bu OZAllyl HO O
\ , -I- HO
/ HO OH
HO
CHO ~ 11 Hydroquinone // '~'; BeR uteri Route ~// ~':
\ COzt-Bu ~ COZt-Bu \ 0 ~ / \ O
OMe \ OH \ COZt-Bu ~ / -~- 14 + Br ~ , _ HO
AOC = -COZAIIyI' Synthesis of Isotucaresol t Butyl Ester (71 H,~quinone Route A number of routes are available for constructing t-butyl ester 7, including the o-formylation of phenol 12 (Scheme II). The synthesis of 12 can be readily achieved by monobenzylation of hydroquinone (13) with bromide 14 in the presence of potassium carbonate (see, Schmidhammer and Brossi, J. Org. Chem. 1983, 48: 1469-1471) in CHC13 MeOH or MeOH or via a recently reported monobenzylating method (see, Zacharie et al., J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1 1997, 19: 2925-2930) using Cs2C03 in dimethylformamide (DMF) (The monobenzylation of hydroquinone can also be achieved with free acid 17 under standard conditions (K2C03/MeOH, rt; 60%)). The known t-butyl ester 14 can be prepared according to Zacharie's method (see, Zacharie et al., J. Org.
Chem. 1995, 60: 7072-7074) from commercially available 17 with 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline (EEDQ) and t-BuOH or via one of the other common methods for t-butyl ester formation, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide/
dimethylaminopyridine (DCC/DMAP) esterification (see, Neises and Steglich, Org.
Synth. 1984, 63: 183-187; Greene and Wuts (1991) Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc).
The Reimer-Tiemann reaction can also be used to o-formylate phenols bearingp-substituents (see, Jung and Lazarova, J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62: 1553-1555 and references cited therein.) Thus, treatment of 12 with solid sodium hydroxide and 2 equivalents of water in chloroform at reflux provides isotucaresol t-butyl ester 7 directly.
Scheme II
C02t-Bu OH ~ COZR
KZCO3~MeOH
Br~ or HO
Cs2C03, DMF
HO
13 t-BuOH 17 R = H
EEDQ ~ 14 R = t-Bu Reimer- 12 R = H
Tiemann ~ ~ R = CHO
A second method is also available for introducing an o-formyl group into phenol 12 (Scheme III). Recently, Yamaguchi (see, Yamaguchi et al., J. Org.
Chem.
1998, 63: 7298-7305) reported that functionalized phenols can be efficiently vinylated at the ortho position with acetylene in the presence of SnCl4 Bu3N reagent. Since aryl olefinic groups can be oxidatively cleaved to benzaldehydes in high yield with a variety of reagents (e.g., Os04/NaI04, RuOz/NaI04) (see, Singh and Samanta, B. Synth.
Commun.
1997, 27: 4235-4244; see, Hudlicky, M. Oxidations in Organic CJiemistry;
Monograph Series 186; American Chemical Society: Washington, DC,1990; pp. 77-81)-even in the presence of a free phenolic hydroxyl group, (Singh and Samanta,1997) the phenol 12 can be converted to salicaldehyde derivative 7 via a two-step process involving
RO
RO CHO
8 R = H or AOC
\ COZt-Bu OZAllyl HO O
\ , -I- HO
/ HO OH
HO
CHO ~ 11 Hydroquinone // '~'; BeR uteri Route ~// ~':
\ COzt-Bu ~ COZt-Bu \ 0 ~ / \ O
OMe \ OH \ COZt-Bu ~ / -~- 14 + Br ~ , _ HO
AOC = -COZAIIyI' Synthesis of Isotucaresol t Butyl Ester (71 H,~quinone Route A number of routes are available for constructing t-butyl ester 7, including the o-formylation of phenol 12 (Scheme II). The synthesis of 12 can be readily achieved by monobenzylation of hydroquinone (13) with bromide 14 in the presence of potassium carbonate (see, Schmidhammer and Brossi, J. Org. Chem. 1983, 48: 1469-1471) in CHC13 MeOH or MeOH or via a recently reported monobenzylating method (see, Zacharie et al., J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1 1997, 19: 2925-2930) using Cs2C03 in dimethylformamide (DMF) (The monobenzylation of hydroquinone can also be achieved with free acid 17 under standard conditions (K2C03/MeOH, rt; 60%)). The known t-butyl ester 14 can be prepared according to Zacharie's method (see, Zacharie et al., J. Org.
Chem. 1995, 60: 7072-7074) from commercially available 17 with 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline (EEDQ) and t-BuOH or via one of the other common methods for t-butyl ester formation, such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide/
dimethylaminopyridine (DCC/DMAP) esterification (see, Neises and Steglich, Org.
Synth. 1984, 63: 183-187; Greene and Wuts (1991) Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc).
The Reimer-Tiemann reaction can also be used to o-formylate phenols bearingp-substituents (see, Jung and Lazarova, J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62: 1553-1555 and references cited therein.) Thus, treatment of 12 with solid sodium hydroxide and 2 equivalents of water in chloroform at reflux provides isotucaresol t-butyl ester 7 directly.
Scheme II
C02t-Bu OH ~ COZR
KZCO3~MeOH
Br~ or HO
Cs2C03, DMF
HO
13 t-BuOH 17 R = H
EEDQ ~ 14 R = t-Bu Reimer- 12 R = H
Tiemann ~ ~ R = CHO
A second method is also available for introducing an o-formyl group into phenol 12 (Scheme III). Recently, Yamaguchi (see, Yamaguchi et al., J. Org.
Chem.
1998, 63: 7298-7305) reported that functionalized phenols can be efficiently vinylated at the ortho position with acetylene in the presence of SnCl4 Bu3N reagent. Since aryl olefinic groups can be oxidatively cleaved to benzaldehydes in high yield with a variety of reagents (e.g., Os04/NaI04, RuOz/NaI04) (see, Singh and Samanta, B. Synth.
Commun.
1997, 27: 4235-4244; see, Hudlicky, M. Oxidations in Organic CJiemistry;
Monograph Series 186; American Chemical Society: Washington, DC,1990; pp. 77-81)-even in the presence of a free phenolic hydroxyl group, (Singh and Samanta,1997) the phenol 12 can be converted to salicaldehyde derivative 7 via a two-step process involving
5 stannylacetylene-mediated vinylation of 12 to give 18 and subsequent oxidation with Os04/NaI04 in aq. dioxane. Alternatively, the crude 18 can be acetylated during work-up-a tactic known to improve vinylphenol stability-and deacetylated (KZC03/MeOH, rt) following oxidation.
Scheme III
COZt-Bu \ COzt-Bu 1. HC=CH ~ ~
SnCl4-Bu3N \ O~ OHC O
2. KZCO3, MeOH
p HO HO
R CHO
Os04 18 R = CH=CHZ 19 1~ NaI04~ ~ R=CHO
The o-vinylation reaction with acetylene should also allow ready access to the corresponding dicarboxaldehyde 19 and related diformyl derivatives of this invention via divinylation/oxidation of 12 using Yamaguchi's modified reaction conditions for 15 preparing 2,6-divinyl phenols (Yamaguchi et al.,1998). The adjuvant activity of 19 and substituted derivatives can be evaluated using methods described herein.
Directed Metalation Approach to 7 An alternate approach to the o-hydroxybenzaldehyde portion of 7 is the o-20 metalation of methoxymethyl (MOM)-protected phenol 20 (Scheme IV). The powerful ortho directing ability of the MOM group, coupled with its facile acidic cleavage and base stability, make MOM-ethers especially useful for functionalizing aromatic compounds (see, Zacharie et al.,1997; see, Ronald and Winkle, Tetrahedron 1983, 39:
2031-2042). Thus, hydroquinone 13 can be selectively monoprotected (Zacharie et al., 25 1997; see, Cruz-Almanza et al., Heterocycles 1994, 37: 759-774) with chloromethyl methyl ether in acetone in the presence of Cs2C03 or via the phenoxide generated with NaH in tetrahydrofuran (THF) to give the known (Cruz-Almanza et al.,1994) MOM-protected phenol 21. Benzylation of 21 with acid 17 in the presence of KZC03 then yields 20. Treatment of 20 with two equivalents of n- or s-butyllithium (RLi) in THF
at -78 °C
with or without added tetramethylethylenediamine generates the dilithio species, which on quenching at low temperature with DMF yields MOM-protected isotucaresol 22 after aq. NH4C1 work-up. Directed metalations in the presence of a carboxyl group at low temperature occur without nucleophilic attack (by RLi) on the carboxylate (see, Johnson and Gribble, Tetrahedron Lett. 1987, 28: 5259-5262). It is also possible to convert hydroxy acid 23 directly to 22 by tandem MOM-protection-directed metalation reaction according to the protocol shown in Scheme IV. Similarly, selective methoxymethylation of the dilithio salt of 23 provides an alternate preparation of MOM-ether 20.
Scheme IV
\ COZH
OH R = MOM Z ~'i, THF -78 °C;
\ 1~ O ~ / then DMF
\
KzC03, MeOH
RO 1. 2 RLi THF -20 °C;
RO R = H then MOM-CI
2. RLi, -78 °C;
N~ .~ ~ 13 R = H 20 R = MOM then DMF
MOM-CI ~ 21 R = MOM 23 R = H
\ COZH \ ~ /COZR
p ~ R = t Bu 1 ~ t-BuOH, DCC, DMAP O I //
\ \~ 2. MgBrz _ \
/ R = TCE I ~ C13CCH20H, DCC, DMAP HO ~ /
MOMO 2. TFA, CHZC12 7 R=t-Bu 24 R=TCE
Because compounds 7 and 22 are diametrically protected, 22 is preferred for attaching the lipophilic side-chain first. A compound comprising both lipophilic and hydrophilic domains can be constructed from 22 in as few as 6 steps this way-potentially an important consideration with respect to the large-scale chemical synthesis of an adjuvant candidate.
Compound 22 permits protection of the carboxylic function with groups other than t-butyl since base stability (to phenol o-formylation) is obviated.
Selective deprotection of the MOM group in the presence of a t-butyl ester is possible with reagents such as B-bromocatecholborane or MgBr2, where removal is facilitated by chelation with the neighboring carbonyl (see, Haraldsson and Baldwin, Tetrahedron. 1997, 53:
224). Alternatively, initial deprotection of the MOM group and selective t-butyl ester formation using in situ-generated isobutylene (see, Wright et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38: 7345-7348) can be used to provide intermediate 7. Accordingly, 22 is converted to 7 by one these two protocols or, alternatively, to the 2,2,2-trichloroethyl (TCE) ester 24 by carbodiimide esterification and MOM removal with TFA, etc. TCE esters are stable to a greater range of glycosylating conditions than t-butyl esters, but like t-butyl groups are orthogonal to allyl-based sugar protection (see, Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis; 2nd ed.: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: New York, 1991; pp. 240-241).
Synthesis of 7 from 2,5-Dihydroxxbenzaldehyde (251 One variation on the hydroquinone strategy, which-like the benzofuran route below-commences with a fully functionalized A-ring, is the selective benzylation of 2,5-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (25) on the more nucleophilic 5-hydroxyl group.
Thus, treatment of commercially available 25 with bromide 14 under conditions known to selectively alkylate the hydroxyl meta to the carbonyl group in 2,5-dihydroxy systems (see, Sadekov et al.,1970; see, Vyas and Shah, Org. Synth., Coll. Vol. 41963, pp. 836-839) can be used to provide intermediate 7 in just two steps (Scheme V).
Likewise, alkylation of 25 with acid 17 gives isotucaresol (III) in a single step.
Scheme V
COzR
OH ~ COZR I
I KzC03, Me2CO ~ p Br~
HO ~
CHO 14 R = t-Bu 17 R=H CHO
7 R = t-Bu 2 R=H
Selective debenzylation ortho to an aromatic carbon~group to yield 7 or (IIII
Compounds according to the formulae of 7 or III can be made by selective 20 debenzylation. For example, a dibenzylated product formed as a side product in the preparation of 7 (or III) in Scheme V can be selectively cleaved at the site ortho to the formyl group with MgBr2 (see, Haraldsson and Baldwin,1997). Alternatively, quantitative dibenzylation of 25 with 14 or 17, or other appropriate derivatives followed by selective o-debenzylation also provides an efficient route to (III) and its derivatives 25 (e.g., compound 40). The simplicity of these methods offsets the greater expense of the starting material 25 as compared to hydroquinone 13.
Generally, this reaction scheme is carried out on in the presence of a Lewis acid to form the selectively debenzylated product as in Scheme VI:
Scheme VI
/ cozR=
/ cozR2 °
f2°02C ~ ~ O / /
HO
H O ~
H~O
R2 and Rg can be the same or different. 1n some embodiments, Rz and R$
are selected from moieties which are known in the art as carboxylic acid protecting groups. Compounds within the scope of the invention include embodiments where Rz and R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, an s substituted Cl_zo alkyl group, and a group having the formula -(CHz)mCH(OH)(CHz)POR , wherein m and p are independently 1 or 2, and RS is a substituted Cz_zo acyl group,' an substituted Cz_zo acyl group, or a group having the formula:
Rs (CHz)i I H R~
The symbol j represents an integer from 1 to 5. The substituents R6 and R7 can independently represent hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, or an substituted ~C1_zo alkyl group.
The o-debenzylation can be achieved with a Lewis acid having the formula MX". M is selected from the group containing A13+, As3+, Bs+, Fez+~ Fe3+, Ga3+, Mgz+~
Sb3+, Sbs+, Snz+, Sn4+, Tiz+, Ti3+, Ti4+,and Znz+. X is a halide selected from the group consisting of Cl, I, F, and Br. Those of skill in the art will recognize that n is an integer from 2 to 5 depending on the valence state of M. In some embodiments, the Lewis acids that can be used to achieve the ortho-debenzylation include, but are not limited to: A1C13, AlI3, AlF3, AlBr3, EtzAlCl, EtAlClz, AsCl3, AsI3, AsF3, AsBr3, BCl3, BBr3, BI3, BF3, BC13~SMez, BI3~SMez, BF3~SMez, BBr3~SMez, FeCl3, FeBr3, FeI3, FeF3, FeClz, FeBrz, FeIz, FeFz, GaCl3, GaI3, GaF3, GaBr3, MgClz, MgIz, MgFz, MgBrz, MgClz-OEtz, MgIz-OEtz MgFz-OEtz MgBrz-OEtz, SbCl3, SbI3, SbF3, SbBr3, SbCls, SbIS, SbFs, SbBrs, SnClz, SnIz, SnFz, SnBrz, SnCl4, SnI4, SnF4, SnBr4, TiBr4, TiClz, TiCl3, TiCl4., TiF3, TiF4, TiIø, ZnClz, ZnIz, ZnFz, and ZnBrz. In addition, the o-debenzylation can be achieved with Lewis acids such as EtzAlCl, EtAlClz, monoalkyl boronhalides, dialkyl boronhalides, and monoaryl boronhalides, diaryl boronhalides. X can be, but is not limited to, Cl, I, F, and Br. The reaction is carned out under conditions sufficient to form the ortho-debenzylated product. These conditions can be determined by one of skill in the art by optimizing reaction parameters. Reaction parameters that can be optimized in the ortho-debenzylation reaction include, but are not limited to, length of reaction incubation, temperature, pressure, solvent(s), ratio of solvent to starting materials, etc. Methods of optimizing reactions of the present invention are well within the purview of one skilled in the organic chemistry arts.
Without being bound by any particular theory, the reaction of these Lewis Acids with the dibenzylated starting material is thought to' form a mufti-membered (e.g., six-membered) chelation ring intermediate. This mufti-membered chelation ring intermediate is then subjected to hydrolysis (e.g., with a base, an acid, HCl, etc.) to yield the ortho-debenzylated product. The addition of a base or acid to the reaction mixture can be considered part of the conditions sufficient to form the desired ortho-debenzylated product.
In some embodiments, the o-debenzylation is carried out by reacting compound 39 under condition A, condition B, or,condition C to give methyl 4-(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxymethyl)benzoate (isotucaresol methyl ester; 40):
\ COZMe \ COZMe \ 0 ~ / . \ 0 / HO ~ /
Me0 C' v CHO a. 2 equiv. MgBra-OEtz CHO
0.5 equiv. ~rBu4N+r 39 toluene 40 Reflux 18 h Isotucaresol methyl ester b. 2 equiv. TiCl4 2 equiv. ~rBu4N+I-CHCIZ
0°C to RT, 16 h.
c. 1.5 equiv. BCI3.SMe2 CHZCIZ
5°C to RT, overnight Benzofuran Route In one synthesis of isotucaresol (III), commercially available 5-methoxybenzofuran (16) is demethylated with boron tribromide (see, Williard and Fryhle, Tetrahedron Lett. 1980, 21: 3731-3734) to give 26, which is then benzylated with methyl 4-(bromomethyl)benzoate. Analogous benzylation of 26 with t-butyl ester 14 and ozonolysis (Kneen, EP054924,1986; and U.S. Patent No. 4,535,183) of benzofuran intermediate 15 provides compound 7 (Scheme VII).
Scheme VII
\ coZr-Bu \ OR 0 OMe K CO _ \ ~ O -65 °C' 2 3 3~
HO I ~ 0 / MeOH / then Me.~S
CHO
27 ~ 16 R = Me BBr3 -~ 26 R = H
Synthesis of Hemisuccinate (V1 Conversion of phenols and alcohols to their corresponding hemisuccinates (isolated as the free acid or alkali metal salt) is a common tactic to enhance aqueous 10 solubility of steroids and other lipophilic drugs, and consequently general methods are available for succinoylation (see, Gottfried and Baxendale,1962). Treatment of t-butyl ester 7 with succinic anhydride in pyridine yields compound (V) subsequent to deprotection of the t-butyl ester with trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) (Scheme VIII). Since quaternary carboxylic acid groups do not ordinarily interfere with this reaction, the direct 15 succinoylation of isotucaresol (III) is also possible.
Scheme VIII
\ COZt-Bu 0 \ COZH
0 ~ / 1. O pyr, Et3N \ 0 ( /
\ O
HO / 2. T'FA> CHzCl2, 0 °C HOZC O
CHO _ CHo Synthesis of Glucuronide 4 The highly stereoselective synthesis of aryl (3-glycosides and acyl (3-glucuronides has been achieved via the Mitsunobu reaction (see, Roush and Lin, 1995;
see, Smith et al., 1986). In fact, allyl glucuronate 11 has been used in the Mitsunobu reaction without protection of sugar hydroxyl groups in yields up to 50% by taking advantage of the higher reactivity of the anomeric hydroxyl group (see, Juteau et al., 1997). Application of the Mitsunobu protocol to fully protected sugars gives even higher yields (70-95%) of aryl (3-glycosides (see, Roush and Lin, 1995).
Accordingly, the known (Juteau et al.,1997) allyl ester 11, prepared from D-glucuronic acid and allyl bromide (1,8-diazobicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBT~/DMF, rt) in 75% yield, is selectively coupled with phenol 7 or a related derivative in the presence of triphenylphosphine and diisopropylazodicarboxylate (DIAD) in THF
at 0 °C
to give aryl (3-glycoside 28 (i.e., 8 R = H) as shown in Scheme IX. Sequential deprotection of the ester protecting groups with TFA and Pd(0) in the presence of a suitable allyl scavenger (see, Harada et al.,1995; see, Guibe,1998) then gives compound (IV).
Scheme IX
/co2r-Bu o (~) COZAIIyI COZAIIyI \
HO'~7, Ph3P, DIAD Rp-~~ ~ / 1. TFA, CHZCl2, 0 °C
HO OH OH ,~F RO O 2. Pd(PPh3)4 cat.
OR CHO Bu4SnH, THF, r.t.
11 28 R=H
30 R=AOC
1. AOC-Cl, pyr 2. HBr, AcOH
COzt-Bu O I/
COzA11y1 ~ ~ ' OH ~ \
O HO HO"~~ /
AAOCO CHO HO O
OH CHO
AOCO X X = OH Ph3P, DIAD
X=Br Ag-silicate Helicin(31) Ag2C03 29 X = Br a9. THF ~32 X = OH
An alternate method which has been used for the glycosylation of phenols is the Koenigs Knorr reaction of pyranosyl bromides in the presence of a silver salt (see, Roush and Lin, 1995; see, Robertson and Waters, R.B. J. Chem. Soc. 1930, 2729-2733) Since AOC groups have been introduced onto the 2,3,4-positions of glucuronides in high yield using AOC-Cl in pyridine, (see, Harada et al., 1995) 11 is similarly protected and then treated with HBr in acetic acid to give bromide 29. Silver mediated coupling of 29 and 7 then gives predominantly the aryl (3-glycoside 30 (i.e., 8, R = AOC). An analogous glycosylation has been used to prepare the natural product helicin (31) from salicaldehyde and O-tetraacetyl-4-D-glucopyranosyl bromide in the presence of silver oxide (see, Robertson and Waters, 1930). Glycosyl donor 29 also provides access to lactol 32 by silver-mediated hydrolysis (see, Roush and Lin,1995). Mitsunobu reaction of fully protected 32 with 7 should also give 30, which can then be deprotected to 4 by the same 2-step deprotection as for 28.
Synthesis of Glucuronides 6a-6c Aryl glycoside 30, prepared directly from 29 or 32 as discussed above or, alternatively, by AOC-protection of 28, is transformed into the advanced intermediate 9 by the sequence: (1) t butyl ester hydrolysis, (2) esterification with 10, and (3) acetonide cleavage as shown in Scheme X below. Recently, in an approach to aureolic acid antibiotics it was demonstrated that aryl glycosides possessing electron-withdrawing substituents on the aromatic aglycon are stable to acidic deprotection of ketal and other protecting groups (Roush and Lin,1995; Roush et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1999, 121:
1990-1991). In fact, certain phenyl glycosides bearing carbonyl groups in the aglycon unit have shown remarkable stability to acidic hydrolysis (see, Bar et al., Wiss. Technol.
1990, 23: 371-376). Nevertheless, if the glycosidic linkage is sensitive to ketal and/or t-butyl ester cleavage, TCE ester 24-prepared from 22 or via ester interchange of 7--can be used for glucuronidation and subsequently deprotected under neutral conditions with zinc in buffered aq. THF (see, Just and Grozinger, Synthesis 1976, 457-458).
Stable isosteres (pseudosugar, Gglycoside) of the glucuronide can be prepared.
Compound 9 is selectively acylated on the primary hydroxyl group with acetic anhydride and the appropriate acid chlorides under standard conditions to give 33a-c. Although acetylations with acetyl chloride are not as selective as with other acid chlorides, acetyl introduction with AczO in CHCl3 in the presence of pyridine provides good selectivity for primary alcohols when the reaction is run below 0 °C (see, Stork et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100: 8272-8273). One method that has been applied specifically to the selective acylation of glycerol derivatives is the reaction of an in situ-generated stannoxane-prepared with Bu2Sn0 in toluene by azeotropic dehydration-with acid chlorides at 0 °C (see, Aragozzini et al., Synthesis 1989, 225-227).
Deprotection of the allyl-based protecting groups of 33a-c prepared by one of these methods delivers (6a-c).
Scheme X
/cozr-Bu COZAIIyI ~ ~ / 1. TFA, CHZCIz, 0 °C
O
O ~ 2. HO O DCC, DMAP
AOC-Cl ~28 R1= H 3. Dowex (H~
ps''~ 30 Rl = AOC
Pd(0) 6a-c AczOor [~ 9 R=H
RCOCt, pyr ~33a-c R= Ac, n-C~H15C0, n-C13H2~C0 Divergent Synthesis of 6a-c As discussed above, MOM ether 23 is ideally suited for elaborating the acylated glycerol unit prior to glucuronidation of the phenolic hydroxyl group. Thus, esterification of 23 with 10, followed by acetonide hydrolysis and acylation as described above should yield 34a-c (Scheme XI). MOM deprotection and Mitsunobu coupling of the resulting 35a-c with 11 then provides glucuronides 36a-c, which can be deprotected with Pd(0) to give 6a-c.
Scheme XI
COZH
O ~ / 1. 10, DCC, DMAP
2. Dowex (H~
MOMO / 3. Acylation CHO 23 M~rz _ _ __ _..
orTFA~35a-c R=H
11 1n..,. ~ Pd(o) HO~'~~ 6a-c Ph3P, DIAD un O
36a-c Finished products (IV-VI) are analyzed by standard spectroscopic (IR, 1H
and 13C NMR) and physical (elemental and HRMS) data. Purity is assessed by reverse-phase HPLC analysis of the intact molecules or a suitable derivative (e.g., phenacyl ester of the glucuronic carboxyl group).
Evaluation of Compounds The adjuvant effects of the compounds of the present invention on humoral and cell-mediated responses can be determined in two different murine models using rHBsAg (recombinant Hepatitis B Surface Antigen), inactivated influenza virus (e.g., hemagglutinin protein in FluZone influenza vaccine (Connaught Laboratories, Swiftwater, PA)) as antigens. In the case of rHBsAg, the compounds can be formulated with both alum-adsorbed antigen and soluble antigen and compared with an alum-adsorbed antigen control. Antibody titers (e.g., IgG, IgGl, IgG2a, IgG2b, etc.) to rHBsAg can be determined by ELISA from pre-vaccination and post-vaccination sera.
Given the enhanced serum and mucosal CTL and IgA responses often elicited with vaccines administered intranasally (i.n.), (see, VanCott et al., J. Immunol.
1998, 160: 2000-2012; Imaoka et al., J. Immunol. 1998, 161: 5952-5958) both i.n. and subcutaneous (s.c.) immunization of mice are performed with the above formulations.
The compounds are evaluated for their ability to induce rHBsAg-specific antibodies and influenza hemagglutinin-specific antibodies in BALB/c mice and enhance CTLs against P815S-HBsAg target cells (see, e.g., Moore et al., (1988) Cell 55: 777-785).
The P815S
cell line is a transfectant of P815 which expresses the HBsAg CTL sas-s9 epitope in the MHC-I complex and shows relevance to human immune responses to hepatitis B
virus (HBV), for which CTL responses appear to be important for pathogen clearance (see, Schirmbeck et al., J. Immunol. 1994, 152: 1110-1119; see, Schirmbeck et al., J. Yirol.
1994, 68: 1418-1425).
The pyrogenicity of the compounds of the claims invention can be assayed using methods known in the art. Pyrogenicity is typically assayed by intravenous injection of a compound being tested (e.g., at a 10 p,g/Kg dose) and measuring the total rise in the temperature of the animal injected (e.g., a rabbit, a mouse, etc).
Pharmaceutical Comuositions and Vaccine Compositions In one embodiment, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable Garner. The compound is present in a therapeutically effective amount, which the amount of compound required to achieve the desired effect in terms of treating a disease, condition, or achieving a biological occurrence.
In another embodiment of the invention, the adjuvant system of the present invention can be administered without a co-administered antigen, to potentiate the 5 immune system for treatment of chronic infectious diseases, especially in immune compromised patients. Illustrative examples of infectious diseases for which this approach may be employed for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment can be found in U.S.
Pat. No. 5,508,310. Potentiation of the immune system in this way can also be useful as a preventative measure to limit the risks of nosocomial andJor post-surgery infections.
10 The pharmaceutical compositions can act as an adjuvant when co-administered with an antigen. The compounds of Formula I can be thought of as the extrinsic adjuvant. An adjuvant is an immunostiumulatory agent that enhance the immunogenicity of an antigen but is not necessarily immunogenic itself.
Intrinsic adjuvants, such as lipopolysaccharides, normally are the components of the killed or 15 attenuated bacteria used as vaccines. Extrinsic adjuvants are immunomodulators which are typically non-covalently linked to antigens and are formulated to enhance the host immune responses. In one embodiment, the antigen is a tumor associated antigen (tumor specific antigen).
In one embodiment the present invention provides a vaccine composition 20 comprising an antigen and a compound of Formula I. Suitable antigens include microbial pathogens, bacteria, viruses, proteins, glycoproteins lipoproteins, peptides, glycopeptides, lipopeptides, toxoids, carbohydrates, and tumor-specific antigens. Mixtures of two or more antigens may be employed.
Thus, the adjuvant systems of the invention are particularly advantageous 25 in making and using vaccine and other immunostimulant compositions to treat or prevent diseases, such inducing active immunity towards antigens in mammals, preferably in humans. Vaccine preparation is a well developed art and general guidance in the preparation and formulation of vaccines is readily available from any of a variety of sources. One such example is New Trends and Developments in Vaccines, edited by 30 Voller et al., University Park Press, Baltimore, Md., U.S.A. 1978.
The vaccine compositions of the present invention may also contain other compounds, which may be biologically active or inactive. For example, one or more immunogenic portions of other tumor antigens may be present, either incorporated into a fusion polypeptide or as a separate compound, within the vaccine composition.
Polypeptides may, but need not, be conjugated to other macromolecules as described, for example, within US Patent Nos. 4,372,945 and 4,474,757. Vaccine compositions may generally be used for prophylactic and therapeutic purposes.
In one illustrative embodiment, the antigen in a vaccine composition of the invention is a peptide, polypeptide, or immunogenic portion thereof. An "immunogenic portion," as used herein is a portion of a protein that is recognized (i. e., specifically bound) by a B-cell and/or T-cell surface antigen receptor. Such immunogenic portions generally comprise at least 5 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 10, and still more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues of an antigenic protein or a variant thereof.
Immunogenic portions of antigen polypeptides may generally be identified using well known techniques, such as those summarized in Paul, Fundamental Immunology, 3rd ed., 243-247 (Raven Press, 1993) and references cited therein.
Such ~ techniques include screening polypeptides for the ability to react with antigen-specific antibodies, antisera and/or T-cell lines or clones. As used herein, antisera and antibodies are "antigen-specific" if they specifically bind to an antigen (i. e., they react with the protein in an ELISA or other immunoassay, and do not react detectably with unrelated proteins). Such antisera and antibodies may be prepared as described herein, and using well known techniques. An immunogenic portion of a protein is a portion that reacts with such antisera andlor T-cells at a level that is not substantially less than the reactivity of the full length polypeptide (e.g., in an ELISA and/or T-cell reactivity assay). Such immunogenic portions may react within such assays at a level that is similar to or greater than the reactivity of the full length polypeptide. Such screens may generally be performed using methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as those described in Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988. For example, a polypeptide may be immobilized on a solid support and contacted with patient sera to allow binding of antibodies within the sera to the immobilized polypeptide. Unbound sera may then be removed and bound antibodies detected using, for example, lzsl-labeled Protein A.
Peptide and polypeptide antigens are prepared using any of a variety of well-known techniques. Recombinant polypeptides encoded by DNA sequences may be readily prepared from isolated DNA sequences using any of a variety of expression vectors known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Expression may be achieved in any appropriate host cell that has been transformed or transfected with an expression vector containing a DNA molecule that encodes a recombinant polypeptide. Suitable host cells include prokaryotes, yeast, and higher eukaryotic cells, such as mammalian cells and plant cells. Preferably, the host cells employed are E. coli, yeast or a mammalian cell line such as COS or CHO.
Portions and other variants of a protein antigen having less than about 100 amino acids, and generally less than about 50 amino acids, may also be generated by synthetic means, using techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, such polypeptides may be synthesized using any of the commercially available ' solid-phase techniques, such as the Mernfield solid-phase synthesis method, where amino acids are sequentially added to a growing amino acid chain. See, Mernfield, J.
Am.
Chem. Soc. 85:2149-2146, 1963. Equipment for automated synthesis of polypeptides is commercially available from suppliers such as Perkin Eliner/Applied BioSystems Division (Foster City, CA), and may be operated according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Within certain specific embodiments, a polypeptide antigen used in the vaccine compositions of the invention may be a fusion protein that comprises two or more distinct polypeptides. A fusion partner may, for example, assist in providing T helper epitopes (an immunological fusion partner), preferably T helper epitopes recognized by humans, or may assist in expressing the protein (an expression enhancer) at higher yields than the native recombinant protein. Certain preferred fusion partners are both immunological and expression enhancing fusion partners. Other fusion partners may be selected so as to increase the solubility of the protein or to enable the protein to be targeted to desired intracellular compartments. Still further fusion partners include affinity tags, which facilitate purification of the protein.
Fusion proteins may generally be prepared using standard techniques, including chemical conjugation. Preferably, a fusion protein is expressed as a recombinant protein, allowing the production of increased levels, relative to a non-fused protein, in an expression system. Briefly, DNA sequences encoding the polypeptide components may be assembled separately, and ligated into an appropriate expression vector. The 3' end of the DNA sequence encoding one polypeptide component is ligated, with or without a peptide linker, to the 5' end of a DNA sequence encoding the second polypeptide component so that the reading frames of the sequences are in phase. This permits translation into a single fusion protein that retains the biological activity of both component polypeptides.
A peptide linker sequence may be employed to separate the first and second polypeptide components by a distance sufficient to ensure that each polypeptide folds into its secondary and tertiary structures. Such a peptide linker sequence is incorporated into the fusion protein using standard techniques well known in the art.
Suitable peptide linker sequences may be chosen based on the following factors: (1) their ability to adopt a flexible extended conformation; (2) their inability to adopt a secondary structure that could interact with functional epitopes on the first and second polypeptides;
and (3) the lack of hydrophobic or charged residues that might react with the polypeptide functional epitopes. Preferred peptide linker sequences contain Gly, Asn and Ser residues. Other neax neutral amino acids, such as Thr and Ala may also be used in the linker sequence. Amino acid sequences which may be usefully employed as linkers include those disclosed in Maratea et al., Gene 40:39-46, 1985; Murphy et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 83:8258-8262, 1986; U.S. Patent No. 4,935,233 and U.S. Patent No. 4,751,180. The linker sequence may generally be from 1 to about 50 amino acids in length. Linker sequences axe not required when the first and second polypeptides have non-essential N-terminal amino acid regions that can be used to separate the functional domains and prevent steric interference.
Within preferred embodiments, an immunological fusion partner is derived from protein D, a surface protein of the gram-negative bacterium Haernophilus influenza B (See, e.g., WO 91/18926, U.S. Patent Nos. 6,139,846, 6,025,484, 5,989,828, 5,888,517, and 5,858,677). Preferably, a protein D derivative comprises approximately the first third of the protein (e.g., the first N-terminal 100-110 amino acids), and a protein D derivative may be lipidated. Within certain preferred embodiments, the first 109 residues of a Lipoprotein D fusion partner is included on the N-terminus to provide the polypeptide with additional exogenous T-cell epitopes and to increase the expression level in E. coli (thus functioning as an expression enhancer). The lipid tail ensures optimal presentation of the antigen to antigen presenting cells. Other fusion partners include the non-structural protein from influenzae virus, NS1 (hemagglutinin). Typically, the N-terminal 81 amino acids are used, although different fragments that include T-helper epitopes may be used.
In another embodiment, the immunological fusion partner is the protein known as LYTA, or a portion thereof (preferably a C-terminal portion). LYTA is derived from Streptococcus pneumohiae, which synthesizes an N-acetyl-L-alanine amidase known as amidase LYTA (encoded by the LytA gene; Gene 43:265-292, 1986). LYTA
is an autolysin that specifically degrades certain bonds in the peptidoglycan backbone. The C-terminal domain of the LYTA protein is responsible for the affinity to the choline or to some choline analogues such as DEAE. This property has been exploited for the development of E. coli C-LYTA expressing plasmids useful for expression of fusion proteins. Purification of hybrid proteins containing the C-LYTA fragment at the amino terminus has been described (see, Biotechnology 10:795-798, 1992). Within a preferred embodiment, a repeat portion of LYTA may be incorporated into a fusion protein. A
repeat portion is found in the C-terminal region starting at residue 178. A
particularly preferred repeat portion incorporates residues 188-305.
In another embodiment of the invention, the adjuvant system described herein is used in the preparation of DNA-based vaccine compositions.
Illustrative vaccines of this type contain DNA encoding one or more polypeptide antigens, such that the antigen is generated in situ. The DNA may be present within any of a variety of delivery systems known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including nucleic acid expression systems, bacteria and viral expression systems. Numerous gene delivery techniques are well known in the art, such as those described by Rolland, Crit. Rev.
Therap. Drug Carrier Systems 15:143-198, 1998, and references cited therein.
Appropriate nucleic acid expression systems contain the necessary DNA
sequences for expression in the patient (such as a suitable promoter and terminating signal). Bacterial delivery systems involve the administration of a bacterium (such as Bacillus-Calmette-Guerrin) that expresses an immunogenic portion of the polypeptide on its cell surface or secretes such an epitope. In one preferred embodiment, the DNA is introduced using a viral expression system (e.g., vaccinia or other pox virus, retrovirus, or adenovirus), which typically involves the use of a non-pathogenic (defective), replication competent virus. Illustrative systems are disclosed, for example, in Fisher-Hoch et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 86:317-321, 1989; Flexner et al., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 569:86-103, 1989;
Flexner et al., Vaccine 8:17-21, 1990; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,603,112, 4,769,330, and 5,017,487; WO 89/01973; U.S. Patent No. 4,777,127; GB 2,200,651; EP 0,345,242;
WO 91/02805; Berkner, Biotechniques 6:616-627, 1988; Rosenfeld et al., Science 252:431-434, 1991; Kolls et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:215-219, 1994;
Kass-Eisler et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:11498-11502, 1993; Guzman et al., Circulation 88:2838-2848, 1993; and Guzman et al., Cir. Res. 73:1202-1207, 1993.
Techniques for incorporating DNA into such expression systems are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
Alternatively, the DNA may be "naked," as described, for example, in Uliner et al., Science X59:1745-1749, 1993 and reviewed by Cohen, Science 259:1691-5 1692, 1993. The uptake of naked DNA may be increased by coating the DNA onto biodegradable beads that are efficiently transported into the cells. It will be apparent that a vaccine may comprise both a polynucleotide and a polypeptide component if desired.
Moreover, it will be apparent that a vaccine may contain pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the desired polynucleotide, polypeptide and/or carbohydrate antigens.
10 For example, such salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including organic bases (e.g., salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines and basic amino acids) and inorganic bases (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts).
The adjuvant system of the present invention exhibits strong adjuvant 15 effects when administered over a wide range of dosages and a wide range of ratios.
The amount of antigen in each vaccine dose is generally selected as an amount which induces an immunoprotective response without significant adverse side effects in typical vaccines. Such amount will vary depending upon which specific immunogen is employed and how it is presented. Generally, it is expected that each dose 20 will comprise about 1-1000 ~.g of protein, most typically about 2-100 ~.g, preferably about 5-50 ~.g. Of course, the dosage administered may be dependent upon the age, weight, kind of concurrent treatment, if any, and nature of the antigen administered.
The immunogenic activity of a given amount of a vaccine composition of the present invention can be readily determined, for example by monitoring the increase 25 in titer of antibody against the antigen used in the vaccine composition (Dalsgaard, K.
Acta Veterinia Scandinavica 69:1-40 (1978)). Another common method involves injecting CD-1 mice intradermally with various amounts of a vaccine composition, later harvesting sera from the mice and testing for anti-immunogen antibody, e.g., by ELISA.
These and other similar approaches will be apparent to the skilled artisan.
30 The antigen can be derived and/or isolated from essentially any desired source depending on the infectious disease, autoimmune disease, condition, cancer, pathogen, or a disease that is to be treated with a given vaccine composition.
By way of illustration, the antigens can be derived from viral sources, such as influenza virus, feline leukemia virus, feline immunodeficiency virus, Human HIV-l, HIV-2, Herpes Simplex virus type 2, Human cytomegalovirus, Hepatitis A, B, C or E, Respiratory Syncytial virus, human papilloma virus rabies, measles, or hoof and mouth disease viruses.
Illustrative antigens can also be derived from bacterial sources, such as anthrax, diphtheria, Lyme disease, malaria, tuberculosis, Leishmaniasis, T. cruzi, Ehrlichia, Candida etc., or from protozoans such as Babeosis bovis or Plasmodium. The antigens) will typically be comprised of natural or synthetic amino acids, e.g., in the form of peptides, polypeptides, or proteins, can be comprised of polysaccharides, or can be mixtures thereof. Illustrative antigens can be isolated~from natural sources, synthesized by means of solid phase synthesis, or can be obtained by way of recombinant DNA
techniques.
In another embodiment, tumor antigens are used in the vaccine compositions of the present invention for the prophylaxis and/or therapy of cancer.
Tumor antigens are surface molecules that are differentially expressed in tumor cells relative to non-tumor tissues. Tumor antigens make tumor cells immunologically distinct from normal cells and provide diagnostic and therapeutic targets for human cancers.
Tumor antigens have been characterized either as membrane proteins or as altered carbohydrate molecules of glycoproteins or glycolipids on the cell surface.
Cancer cells often have distinctive tumor antigens on their surfaces, such as truncated epidermal growth factor, folate binding protein, epithelial mucins, melanoferrin, carcinoembryonic antigen, prostate-specific membrane antigen, HER2-neu, which are candidates for use in therapeutic cancer vaccines. Because tumor antigens are normal or related to normal components of the body, the immune system often fails to mount an effective immune response against those antigens to destroy the tumor cells. To achieve such a response, the adjuvant systems described herein can be utilized. As a result, exogenous proteins can enter the pathway for processing endogenous antigens, leading to the production of cytolytic or cytotoxic T cells (CTL). This adjuvant effect facilitates the production of antigen specific CTLs which seek and destroy those tumor cells carrying on their surface the tumor antigens) used for immunization. Illustrative cancer types for which this approach can be used include prostate, colon, breast, ovarian, pancreatic, brain, head and neck, melanoma, leukemia, lymphoma, etc.
In one embodiment, the antigen present in the vaccine composition is not a foreign antigen, but a self antigen, i.e., the vaccine composition is directed toward an autoimmune disease. Examples of autoimmune diseases include type 1 diabetes, conventional organ specific autoimmunity, neurological disease, rheumatic diseases/connective tissue disease, autoimmune cytopenias, and related autoimmune diseases. Such conventional organ specific autoimmunity may include thyroiditis (Graves+Hashimoto's), gastritis, adrenalitis (Addison's), ovaritis, primary biliary cirrhosis, myasthenia gravis, gonadal failure, hypoparathyroidism, alopecia, malabsorption syndrome, pernicious anemia, hepatitis, anti-receptor antibody diseases and vitiligo. Such neurological diseases may include schizophrenia, Alzheimer's disease, depression, hypopituitarism, diabetes insipidus, sicca syndrome and multiple sclerosis.
Such rheumatic diseases/connective tissue diseases may include rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematous (SLE) or Lupus, scleroderma, polymyositis, inflammatory bowel disease, dermatorriyositis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, vasculitis, psoriatic arthritis, exfoliative psoriatic dermatitis, pemphigus vulgaris, Sjogren's syndrome. Other autoimmune related diseases may include autoimmune uvoretinitis, glomerulonephritis, post myocardial infarction cardiotomy syndrome, pulmonary hemosiderosis, amyloidosis, sarcoidosis, aphthous stomatitis, and other immune related diseases, as presented herein and known in the related arts.
In one embodiment, the antigen is covalently bonded to an adjuvant such as the compound of Formula I to produce a discrete molecule which exhibits a surprisingly unexpected enhanced adjuvanting effect on the antigen which is greater than the adjuvanting effect attainable in the absence of such covalent bonding, as in a mixture of the two components (i.e., the antigen and the compound of Formula I). The covalent bonding can be achieved by reaction through functional groups; for example in the case of the compound of Formula I through the carboxylic acid group, the hydroxyl group or the aldehyde functionality. A further enhanced adjuvanting effect may be attained for such covalently-bonded antigen by incorporating a mineral salt adjuvant with such compounds. The mineral salt adjuvant preferably comprises aluminum hydroxide or aluminum phosphate, although other known mineral salt adjuvants, such as calcium phosphate, zinc hydroxide or calcium hydroxide, may be used.
In one embodiment, the adjuvant of the present vaccine composition comprises a suspension of water or an aqueous solution, wherein the suspension or solution comprises the compound of Formula I.
In one embodiment, the suspension comprising the compound of Formula I is in the form of an emulsion, such as a water-in-oil emulsion or an oil-in-water emulsion. Suitable surfactants well known to those skilled in the art may be used in such emulsions. In one embodiment, the suspension comprising the compound of Formula I is in the form of a micellar dispersion comprising at least one suitable surfactant. The surfactants useful in such micellar dispersions include phospholipids.
Examples of phospholipids include: diacyl phosphatidyl glycerols, such as: dimyristoyl phosphatidyl glycerol (DPMG), dipalmitoyl phosphatidyl glycerol (DPPG), and disteaxoyl phosphatidyl glycerol (DSPG); diacyl phosphatidyl cholines, such as:
dimyristoyl phosphatidylcholine (DPMC), dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine (DPPC), and distearoyl phosphatidylcholine (DSPC); diacyl phosphatidic acids, such as: dimyristoyl phosphatidic acid (DPMA), dipalmitoyl phosphatidic acid (DPPA), and distearoyl phosphatidic acid (DSPA); and diacyl phosphatidyl ethanolamines such as: dimyristoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine (DPME), dipalinitoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine (DPPE), and distearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine (DSPE). Other examples include, but are not limited to, derivatives of ethanolamine (such as phosphatidyl ethanolamine, as mentioned above, or cephalin), serine (such as phosphatidyl serine) and 3'-O-lysyl glycerol (such as 3'-O-lysyl-phosphatidylglycerol).
Typically, a surfactant:adjuvant molar ratio in an aqueous formulation will be from about 10:1 to about 1:10, more typically from about 5:1 to about 1:5, however any effective amount of surfactant may be used in an aqueous formulation to best suit the specific objectives of interest.
The adjuvant may include other polynucleotides and/or polypeptides. It will be apparent that a vaccine may contain pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the polynucleotides and polypeptides provided herein. Such salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including organic bases (e.g., salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines and basic amino acids) and inorganic bases (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts).
While any suitable carrier known to those of ordinary skill in the art may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention, the type of Garner will vary depending on the mode of administration. The vaccine compositions of the present invention may be formulated for any appropriate manner of administration, including for example, topical, oral, nasal, intravenous, intravaginal, epicutaneous, sublingual, intracranial, intradermal, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular administration, or via inhalation. For parenteral administration, such as subcutaneous injection, the carrier preferably comprises water, saline, alcohol, a fat, a wax or a buffer. For oral administration, any of the above carriers or a solid carrier, such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, and magnesium carbonate, may be employed. Biodegradable microspheres (e.g., polylactate polyglycolate) may also be employed as Garners for the pharmaceutical compositions of S this invention. Suitable biodegradable microspheres are disclosed, for example, in U.S.
Patent Nos. 4,897,268; S,07S,109; 5,928,647; 5,811,128; 5,820,883; S,8S3,763;
5,814,344 and 5,942,252, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Modified hepatitis B core protein carrier systems are also suitable, such as those described in WO 99140934, and references cited therein, all incorporated herein by reference. One can also employ a carrier comprising particulate-protein complexes, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,928,647, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, which axe capable of inducing a class I-restricted cytotoxic T lymphocyte responses in a host.
In one illustrative embodiment, the vaccine formulations are administered 1 S to the mucosae, in particular to the oral cavity, and preferably to a sublingual site, for eliciting an immune response. Oral cavity administration may be preferred in many instances over traditional parenteral delivery due to the ease and convenience offered by noninvasive administration techniques. Moreover, this approach further provides a means for eliciting mucosal immunity, which can often be difficult to achieve with traditional parenteral delivery, and which can provide protection from airborne pathogens and/or allergens. An additional advantage of oral cavity administration is that patient compliance may be improved with sublingual vaccine delivery, especially for pediatric applications, or for applications traditionally requiring numerous injections over a prolonged period of time, such as with allergy desensitization therapies.
2S The vaccine compositions may also comprise buffers (e.g., neutral buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline), carbohydrates (e.g., glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrans), mannitol, proteins, polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine, antioxidants, bacteriostats, chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione, adjuvants (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), solutes that render the formulation isotonic, hypotonic or weakly hypertonic with the blood of a recipient, suspending agents, thickening agents and/or preservatives. Alternatively, vaccine compositions of the present invention may be formulated as a lyophilisate. Compounds may also be encapsulated within liposomes using well known technology.
The vaccine compositions of the present invention may also comprise other adjuvants or immunoeffectors. Suitable adjuvants are commercially available as, for example, Freund's Incomplete Adjuvant and Complete Adjuvant (Difco Laboratories, Detroit, MI); Merck Adjuvant 65 (Merck and Company, Inc., Rahway, NJ); AS-2 5 (SmithKline Beecham); mineral salts (for example, aluminum, silica, kaolin, and carbon);
aluminum salts such as aluminum hydroxide gel (alum), AlK(S04)2, AlNa(S04)a, A1NH4(S04), and Al(OH)3; salts of calcium (e.g, Ca3(P04)2), iron or zinc; an insoluble suspension of acylated tyrosine; acylated sugars; cationically or anionically derivatized polysaccharides; polynucleotides (for example, poly IC and poly AU acids);
10 polyphosphazenes; cyanoacrylates; polymerase-(DL-lactide-co-glycoside);
biodegradable microspheres; liposomes ; lipid A and its derivatives; monophosphoryl lipid A;
wax D
from Mycobacterium tuberculosis, as well as substances found in Corynebacterium parvum, Bordetella periussis, and members of the genus Brucella); bovine serum albumin; diphtheria toxoid; tetanus toxoid; edestin; keyhole-limpet hemocyanin;
15 Pseudomonal Toxin A; choleragenoid; cholera toxin; pertussis toxin; viral proteins; and quil A. Aminoalkyl glucosamine phosphate compounds can also be used (see, e.g., WO
98/50399, U.S. Patent No. 6,113,918 (which issued from USSN 08/853,826), and USSN
09/074,720). In addition, adjuvants such as cytokines (e.g., GM-CSF or interleukin-2, -7, or -12), interferons, or tumor necrosis factor, may also be used as adjuvants.
Protein and 20 polypeptide adjuvants may be obtained from natural or recombinant sources according to methods well known to those skilled in the art. When obtained from recombinant sources, the adjuvant may comprise a protein fragment comprising at least the immunostimulatory portion of the molecule. Other known immunostimulatory macromolecules which can be used in the practice of the invention include, but are not 25 limited to, polysaccharides, tRNA, non-metabolizable synthetic polymers such as polyvinylamine, polyrnethacrylic acid, polyvinylpyrrolidone, mixed polycondensates (with relatively high molecular weight) of 4',4-diaminodiphenylmethane-3,3'-dicarboxylic acid and 4-vitro-2-aminobenzoic acid (See, Sela, M., Science 166:1365-1374 (1969)) or glycolipids, lipids or carbohydrates.
30 Within the vaccine compositions provided herein, the adjuvant composition is preferably designed to induce an immune response predominantly of the Thl type. High levels of Thl-type cytokines (e.g., IFN-'y, TNF-a, IL-2 and IL-12) tend to favor the induction of cell mediated immune responses to an administered antigen. In contrast, high levels of Th2-type cytokines (e.g., IL-4, IL-5, IL-6 and IL-10) tend to favor the induction of humoral immune responses. Following application of a vaccine as provided herein, a patient will support an immune response that includes Thl-and Th2-type responses. Within a preferred embodiment, in which a response is predominantly Thl-type, the level of Thl-type cytokines will increase to a greater extent than the level of Th2-type cytokines. The levels of these cytokines may be readily assessed using standard assays. For a review of the families of cytokines, see, Mosmann and Coffinan, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 1989, 7: 145-173.
Preferred adjuvants for use in eliciting a predominantly Thl-type response include, for example, a combination of monophosphoryl lipid A, preferably 3-de-O-acylated monophosphoryl lipid A (3D-MPL), together with an aluminum salt. MPL
adjuvants are available from Corixa Corporation (Hamilton, MT; see, US Patent Nos.
4,436,727; 4,877,611; 4,866,034 and 4,912,094). CpG-containing oligonucleotides (in which the CpG dinucleotide is unmethylated) also induce a predominantly Thl response.
Such oligonucleotides are well known and are described, for example, in WO
96/02555, WO 99/33488, U.S. Patent Nos. 6,008,200 and 5,856,462. Immunostimulatory DNA
sequences are also described, for example, by Sato et al., Science 1996 273:
352-354.
Another preferred adjuvant is a saponin, preferably QS21 (Aquila, United States), which may be used alone or in combination with other adjuvants. For example, an enhanced system involves the combination of a monophosphoryl lipid A and saponin derivative, such as the combination of QS21 and 3D-MPL as described in WO 94/00153, or a less reactogenic composition where the QS21 is quenched with cholesterol, as described in WO 96/33739. Other preferred formulations comprise an oil-in-water emulsion and tocopherol. A particularly potent adjuvant formulation involving QS21, 3D-MPL
and tocopherol in an oil-in-water emulsion is described in WO 95/17210.
Other preferred adjuvants include Montanide ISA 720 (Seppic, France), SAF (Chiron, California, United States), ISCOMS (CSL), MF-59 (Chiron), the SBAS
series of adjuvants (e.g., SBAS-2 or SBAS-4, available from SmithKline Beecham, Rixensart, Belgium), DetoxTM (Corixa Corporation, Hamilton, MT), 2-[(R)-3-tetradecanoyloxytetradecanoylamino]ethyl2-Deoxy-4-O-phosphono-3-O-[(R)-3-tetradecanoyloxytetradecanoyl]-2-[(R)-3-tetradecanoyloxytetradecanoylamino]-~i-D-glucopyranoside triethylammonium salt (compound 99) and other aminoalkyl glucosaminide 4-phosphates (AGPs). The synthesis of compound 99 and other AGP's has been described previously (see e.g., Johnson et al. (1999) Bioorg. Med.
Chem. Lett. 9:
2273-2278; PCT/W098/50399; and United States Patent No. 6,113,918). AGPs typically consist of an acylated glucose moiety linked to an acylated aminoalkyl group (see e.g., Johnson et al. (1999) BiooYg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9: 2273-2278; PCT/WO98/50399;
and United States Patent No. 6,113,918).
The compositions described herein may be administered as part of a sustained release formulation (i.e., a formulation such as a capsule, sponge or gel (composed of polysaccharides, for example) that effects a slow release of compound following administration). Such formulations may generally be prepared using well known technology (see, e.g., Coombes et al., Vaccine 14:1429-1438, 1996) and administered by, for example, oral, rectal or subcutaneous implantation, or by implantation at the desired target site. Sustained-release formulations may contain a polypeptide, polynucleotide or antibody dispersed in a carrier matrix and/or contained within a reservoir surrounded by a rate controlling membrane. Garners for use within such formulations are biocompatible, and may also be biodegradable; preferably the 1 S formulation provides a relatively constant level of active component release. Such carriers include microparticles of poly(lactide-co-glycolide), polyacrylate, latex, starch, cellulose, dextran and the like. Other delayed-release Garners include supramolecular biovectors, which comprise a non-liquid hydrophilic core (e.g., a cross-linked polysaccharide or oligosaccharide) and, optionally, an external layer comprising an amphiphilic compound, such as a phospholipid (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,151,254 and PCT
applications WO
94/20078, WO/94/23701 and WO 96/06638). The amount of active compound contained within a sustained release formulation will vary depending upon the site of implantation, the rate and expected duration of release and the nature of the condition to be treated or prevented.
Any of a variety of known delivery vehicles may be employed within pharmaceutical compositions and vaccines to facilitate production of an antigen-specific immune response that targets cells. Delivery vehicles include antigen presenting cells (APCs), such as dendritic cells, macrophages, B cells, monocytes and other cells that may be engineered to be efficient APCs. Such cells may, but need not, be genetically modified to increase the capacity for presenting the antigen, to improve activation and/or maintenance of the T cell response, to have anti-target effects per se andJor to be immunologically compatible with the receiver (i.e., matched HLA haplotype).
APCs may generally be isolated from any of a variety of biological fluids and organs, including tumor and peritumoral tissues, and may be autologous, allogeneic, syngeneic or xenogeneic cells.
Certain preferred embodiments of the present invention use dendritic cells or progenitors thereof as antigen-presenting cells. Dendritic cells are highly potent APCs (Banchereau and Steinman, Nature 392:245-251, 1998) and have been shown to be effective as a physiological adjuvant for eliciting prophylactic or therapeutic antitumor immunity (see, Timmerman and Levy, Anh. Rev. Med. 50:507-529, 1999). In general, dendritic cells may be identified based on their typical shape (stellate in situ, with marked cytoplasmic processes (dendrites) visible ih vitro), their ability to take up, process and present antigens with high efficiency and their ability to activate naive T
cell responses.
Dendritic cells may, of course, be engineered to express specific cell-surface receptors or ligands that are not commonly found on dendritic cells in vivo or ex vivo, and such modified dendritic cells are contemplated by the present invention. As an alternative to dendritic cells, secreted vesicles antigen-loaded dendritic cells (called exosomes) may be used within a vaccine (see, Zitvogel et al., Nature Med. 4:594-600, 1998).
Dendritic cells and progenitors may be obtained from peripheral blood, bone marrow, tumor-infiltrating cells, peritumoral tissues-infiltrating cells, lymph nodes, spleen, skin, umbilical cord blood or any other suitable tissue or fluid. For example, dendritic cells may be differentiated ex vivo by adding a combination of cytokines such as GM-CSF, IL-4, IL-13 and/or TNFa to cultures of monocytes harvested from peripheral blood. Alternatively, CD34 positive cells harvested from peripheral blood, umbilical cord blood or bone marrow may be differentiated into dendritic cells by adding to the culture medium combinations of GM-CSF, IL-3, TNFa, CD40 ligand, LPS, flt3 ligand and/or other compounds) that induce differentiation, maturation and proliferation of dendritic cells.
Dendritic cells are conveniently categorized as "immature" and "mature"
cells, which allows a simple way to discriminate between two well characterized phenotypes. However, this nomenclature should not be construed to exclude all possible intermediate stages of differentiation. Immature dendritic cells are characterized as APC
with a high capacity for antigen uptake and processing, which correlates with the high expression of Fcy receptor and mannose receptor. The mature phenotype is typically characterized by a lower expression of these markers, but a high expression of cell surface molecules responsible for T cell activation such as class I and class II MHC, adhesion molecules (e.g., CD54 and CD11) and costimulatory molecules (e.g., CD40, CD80, CD86 and 4-1BB).
APCs may generally be transfected with a polynucleotide encoding an antigen polypeptide (or portion or other variant thereof) such that the antigen polypeptide, or an immunogenic portion thereof, is expressed on the cell surface. Such transfection may take place ex vivo, and a composition or vaccine comprising such transfected cells, and the adjuvants described herein, may then be used for therapeutic purposes.
Alternatively, a gene delivery vehicle that targets a dendritic or other antigen presenting cell may be administered to a patient, resulting in transfection that occurs in vivo. In vivo and ex vivo transfection of dendritic cells, for example, may generally be performed using any methods known in the art, such as those described in WO 97/24447, or the gene gun approach described by Mahvi et al., Immunology and cell Biology 75:456-460, 1997.
Antigen loading of dendritic cells may be achieved by incubating dendritic cells or progenitor cells with the antigen polypeptide, DNA (naked or within a plasmid vector) or RNA; or with antigen-expressing recombinant bacterium or viruses (e.g., vaccinia, fowlpox, adenovirus or Ientivirus vectors). Prior to loading, the polypeptide may be covalently conjugated to an immunological partner that provides T cell help (e.g., a carrier molecule). Alternatively, a dendritic cell may be pulsed with a non-conjugated immunological partner, separately or in the presence of the polypeptide.
In one embodiment, the vaccine composition comprises a liposome vesicle comprising the compound of Formula I. Liposomes are generally produced from phospholipids or other Iipid substances. Procedures for the preparation of liposomes are well known to those of skill in the art. Any lipid capable of forming vesicles that comprises the compound of Formula I can be employed. For clinical application, it is desirable that the lipid be non-toxic, physiologically acceptable, and metabolizable.
Common bilayer forming lipids having clinical.potential are phospholipids, fatty acids, sphingolipids, glycosphingolipids, and steroids. Glycerol containing phospholipids are the most commonly used component of liposome formulations having clinical utility.
One commonly used example is phosphatidylcholine or lecithin. The steroid cholesterol and its derivatives are often included as components of liposomal membranes. The tendency of liposomes to aggregate and fuse can be controlled by the inclusion of small amounts of acidic or basic lipids in the formulation. The properties of liposomes containing phospholipids are determined by the chemistry of the phospholipid. Important considerations are the hydrocarbon chain length, degree of unsaturation of the hydrocarbon chain, degree of branching of the hydrocarbon chain, and temperature of the system.
Multilamellar liposomes can be created by depositing a mixture of lipids as a thin film by evaporation under reduced pressure followed by dispersion with an 5 excess volume of aqueous buffer containing the antigen with or without organitc solvents.
Another method is to mix the aqueous phase containing the antigen with small unilamellar liposomes followed by lyophilization. The multilaxnellar liposomes are formed when the lyophilized product is rehydrated, usually with a small amount of distilled water. The small unilamellar liposomes to be used in this process are produced 10 by dispersing the lipids in an aqueous medium followed by a mechanical means of dispersion such as sonication, use of a high pressure device, or a solvent injection method. Large and intermediate sized unilamellar liposomes can also be produced by conventional techniques including detergent dialysis, extrusion through small pore size membranes under high pressure, freeze thawing followed by slow swelling, dehydration 15 followed by rehydration and dilution, or dialysis of lipids in the presence of chaotropic ions. The size of the liposomes can be made more uniform by fractionation procedures such as centrifugation or size exclusion chromatography, homogenization, or capillary pore membrane extrusion.
20 Methods for inducing or enhancing immunogenicitv and for treating or preventing disease In one aspect, the present invention provides a method for inducing or enhancing immunogenicity of an antigen in a mammal comprising administering to the 25 mammal a vaccine composition comprising the antigen and an effective amount of a vaccine adjuvant composition comprising the compound of Formula I. As used in this context, the "vaccine adjuvant composition" includes any composition comprising the compound of Formula I that enhances an immune response to an exogenous antigen.
Such "vaccine adjuvant composition" includes biodegradable microspheres (e.g., 30 polylactic galactide) and liposomes. See, e.g., Fullerton, U.S. Patent No.
4,235,877.
Vaccine preparation is generally described in, for example, M.F. Powell and M.J.
Newman, eds., "Vaccine Design (the subunit and adjuvant approach)," Plenum Press (NY, 1995). Vaccines may be designed to generate antibody immunity and/or cellular immunity.
The vaccine compositions of the present invention may be administered in any appropriate manner of administration, including for example, topical, oral, nasal, intravenous, intravaginal, epicutaneous, sublingual, intracranial, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular administration, or via inhalation, as disclosed supra.
In one aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating or preventing a disease in a mammal comprising administering to said mammal a vaccine composition comprising an antigen and an effective immunopotentiatory amount of the compound of Formula I. The diseases include cancer, autoimmune disease, allergy and infectious disease (such as bacterial and viral infection). In one embodiment, the effective amount of the compound of Formula I ranges from 0.0001 to about 1.0 mg/kg of body weight of the subject mammal, more preferably from 0.001 to 0.1 to about 0.1 mg/kg of body weight of the mammal. In one embodiment, the compound of Formula I is administered once weekly to once monthly for a period of up to 6 months, more preferably once monthly for a period of about 2-3 months.
EXAMPLES
The following examples are offered to illustrate, but not to limit the claimed invention.
Example 1' Preparation of Methyl 4-(3-Formyl-4-h d~Yphenoxymeth~ benzoate (Isotucaresol Methyl Ester; compound 401 The following example illustrates the ortho-debenzylation of 2,S-di-(4-methoxycarbonylphenylinethoxy)benzaldehyde to form methyl 4-(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxymethyl)benzoate (Isotucaxesol Methyl Ester; 40).
2S A solution of 2,S-di-(4-methoxycarbonylphenylmethoxy)benzaldehyde (39) (34.4 g, 0.0792 mol) in anhydrous CH2C12 (1.S L) at S °C under axgon was treated dropwise with BCl3~S(CH3)2 (2.0 M in CHZC12; 43.5 ml, 0.087 mole) over 2S min.
The resulting reddish-orange solution was stirred at S °C for 1.S h and then allowed to stir and warm to room temperature over 2 h. The mixture was recooled to S °C, treated dropwise with additional BCl3~S(CH3)z (16 ml, 0.032 mol) over 10 min, and then allowed to stir and warm to ambient temperature overnight (17 h). The dark reddish-orange reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold 1 N aq HCl (7S0 ml), stirred vigorously for S min, and the layers were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2C12 (100 ml) and the combined organic layers were washed with saturated aq NaHC03 (7S0 mI).
The resulting light-orange solution was dried (Na2S04), decolorized with Norit B, and filtered through a short pad of Celite and silica gel. The pad was rinsed with 2S%
EtOAc-hexanes (S00 ml) and the combined filtrate and rinsings were concentrated to give 21.9 (97%) of a light yellow solid. The partially purified product was recrystallized from S EtOAc/cyclohexane to give 19.5 g (86%) of methyl 4-(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxymethyl)benzoate (isotucaresol methyl ester) (40) as fluffy light-yellow needles: mp 132-134 °C; Rf 0.45 (30% EtOAc-hexanes);1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.66 (s, 1H, CHO), 9.82 (s, 1H, OH), 8.06 (d, 2H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-2,6), 7.49 (d, 2H, J=
8.2 Hz, H-3,S), 7.21 (dd, 1H, J= 3.0, 8.9 Hz, H-6'), 7.0S (d, 1H, J= 3.0 Hz, H-2'), 6.94 (d, 1H, J= 8.9 Hz), 5.11 (s, 2H, CHa), 3.92 (s, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (7S MHz, CDC13) 8 195.8, 166.6, 156.3, 151.4, 141.6, 129.9, 126.9, 125.9, 120.0, 118.8, 116.8, 70.3, 52.2;
HRMS calcd. for M+NH4+ 304.1185, found 304.1193; Anal. calcd, for Ci6Ht4O5: C, 67.13; H, 4.93. Found: C, 67.00; H, 5.03.
1 S Example 2' Preparation of 4 j(4-carboxymethoxy-3-formyl-phenoxy methvl]benzoic acid COzMe \ COzH
O ~ 1. CszC03/DMF/BrCHZCOZBut \ 0 ~ /
\ ~ 2. TF H 0/CH CI
_ ~'/ 2 2 2 HO ~ / 3. 1 N aq NaOH/EtOH HOZC~0 /
CHO
CHO
(1) A solution of methyl 4-[(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)methyl]benzoate (40; 1.00 g, 3.49 mmol) and t-butyl bromoacetate (0.62 mL. 4.I9 mmol) in anhydrous dimethylformamide (DMF; 10 mL) at 2S
°C under argon was treated with cesium carbonate (I.71 g, 5.24 mmol). The resulting light-yellow suspension was stirred overnight at 2S °C and poured into H20 (100 mL).
The white precipitate which formed was collected, washed with H20 (2 x 10 mL), and dried under high vacuum to give 1.29 g (92%) of methyl 4-[(4-t-butyloxycarbonylmethoxy-3-2S formyl)methyl]benzoate as a colorless powder: mp 106-107.5 °C; Rf 0.41 (30% EtOAc-hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 10.52 (s, 1H, CHO), 8.0S (d, 2H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-2,6), 7.48 (d, 2H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-3,S), 7.42 (d, 1H, J= 3.0 Hz, H-2'), 7.18 (dd, J= 3.0, 8.2 Hz, H-6'), 6.83 (d, 1H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-S'), 5.11 (s, 2H, -OCHZAr), 4.60 (s, 2H, -OCH2C02-), 3.92 (s, CH3), 1.47 (s, 9H, t-Bu); 13C NMR (7S MHz, CDCl3) 8 189.2, 167.3, 166.7, 155.2, 153.0, 141.6, 129.8, 127.0, 125.7, 123.8, 114.6, 111.8, 82.8, 69.9, 66.7, 52.1, 28.1; HRMS calcd for [M + NH4]+ 418.I866, found 418.1880.
(2) A solution of the compound prepared in (1) above (1.20 g, 3.00 mmol) in CHZC12-CF3COZH-H20 (7:7:0.5; 1 S mL) was stirred at 25 °C for 3.5 h. The resulting solution was concentrated and the residual CF3COZH azeotroped with benzene.
The off white solid obtained was dissolved in 1:1 1N aq NaOH-EtOH (23 mL) and stirred at 25 °C overnight. Additional 1N aq NaOH (5 mL) was added and the solution was stirred fox 3 h at 25 °C and then acidified with conc HCl (~l mL). The light-yellow precipitate which formed was collected, washed with Hz0 (3 x 15 mL), and dried under high vacuum to give 0.85 g (86%) of partially purified product. A portion of this material (0.61 g) was crystallized from MeCN-EtOAc to give 0.395 g (66%) of 4-[(4-carboxymethoxy-3-formyl-phenoxy)methyl]benzoic acid (42) as an off white solid: mp 239-242 °C (dec); Rf 0.2 (CHC13-MeOH-AcOH, 80:20:0.5); 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 13.05 (br s, 2H, 2 C02H), 10.39 (s, 1H, CHO), 7.95 (d, 2H, J= 8.1 Hz, H-2,6), 7.55 (d, 2H, J= 8.1 Hz, H-3,5), 7.33 (dd, 1H, J= 3.1, 9.1 Hz, H-6'), 7.26 (d, 1H, J=
3.1 Hz, H-2'), 7.15, (d, 1H, J= 9.1 Hz, H-5'), 5.21 (s, 2H, -OCHZAr), 4.84 (s, 2H, -OCH2C02H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 188.8, 169.9, 166.9, 155.0, 152.4, 141.9, 130.0, 129.4, 127.2, 124.9, 123.7, 115.9, I 11.2, 69. l, 65.8; HRMS calcd for[M + NH4]+
348.1083, found 348.1093; Anal. Calcd for Cl7Hia07: C, 61.82; H, 4.27. Found:
C, 61.84; H, 4.42.
Example 3: Preparation of 4-f4-(3-carboxyaropoxy)-3-formyl-bhenoxylmeth~]ibenzoic acid \ COaMe ~COaH
~ ~ \ ~/
\ C~ 1. Cs2C03/DMF/Br(CHz)3COZEt ~
HOaC- '/3\O
HO ~ / 2. aq. LiOH/'THF CHO
CHO
(1) In the same manner as described in Example 2, methyl 4-[(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)methyl]benzoate (40; 0.62 g, 2.16 mmol) was alkylated with ethyl 4-bromobutyrate (0.39 mL, 2.7 mmol) to give 0.725 g (84%) of 4-([4-(3-ethoxycarbonylpropoxy)-3-formyl-phenoxy]methyl)benzoate as a colorless powder:
mp 30 106-107.5 °C; Rf 0.41 (30% EtOAc-hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 10.44 (s, 1H, CHO), B.OS (d, 2H, J= 8.0 Hz, H-2,6), 7.49 (d, 2H, J= 8.0 Hz, H-3,S), 7.39 (d, 1H, J
= 3.0 Hz, H-2'), 7.18 (dd, J= 3.0, 9.1 Hz, H-6'), 6.94 (d, 1H, J= 9.1 Hz, H-S'), 5.11 (s, 2H, -OCHZAr), 4.14 (q, 2H, J= 7.1 Hz, CH3CH20-), 4.10 (t, 2H, J= 6 Hz, OCH2CH2-), 3.92 (s, 3H, CH30-), 2.53 (t, 2H, J= 7.1 Hz, -CHZC02-), 2.16 (m, 2H. -CH2CHZCH2-), S 1.26 (s, 3H, CH3CHa-); 13C NMR (7S MHz, CDC13) 8 189.1, 172.8, 166.7, 156.2, 152.4, 141.8, 129.8, 127.0, 125.1, 124.1, 114.3, 111.7, 69.9, 68.0, 60.6, 52.1, 30.7, 24.6, 14.2;
HRMS calcd for [M + NH4]+ 418.1866, found 418.1853.
(2) A solution of the compound prepared in (1) above (0.600 g, 1.50 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) was treated with aq LiOH (2.S N; 2.0 mL, S.0 mmol) and stirred at 2S °C overnight. The resulting biphasic reaction mixture was diluted with H20 (7S mL), washed with Et20 (2S mL), and acidified with conc HCl 00.75 mL).
The fine suspension which formed was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 300 mL) and the combined EtOAc layers were dried (Na2SOa) and concentrated to give O.S4 g (100%) of pure product as an off white powder (mp 234-236 °C (dec); Anal. Calcd for Ci9H1807: C, 1 S 63.68; H, 5.06. Found: C, 63.52; H, 5.16). A portion of this material (0.3 g) was crystallized from MeCN-EtOAc to give 0.23 g (77%) of 4-[4-(3-carboxypropoxy)-3-formyl-phenoxy)methyl]benzoic acid (44) as a cream-colored solid: mp 234.5-237 °C
(dec); Rf O.S4 (CHC13-MeOH-AcOH, 90:10:0.5); 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) S 12.53 (br s, 2H, 2 C02H), 10.3 3 (s, 1 H, CHO), 7.9 S (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz, H-2,6), 7.
S S (d, 2H, J =
8.0 Hz, H-3,S), 7.33 (dd, 1H, J= 3.0, 9.1 Hz, H-6'), 7.25 (d, 1H, J= 3.0 Hz, H-2'), 7.1'8, (d, 1H, J= 9.1 Hz, H-S'), 5.20 (s, 2H, -OCH2Ar), 4.10 (t, 2H, J= 6.0 Hz, -OCHaCHa-), 2.53 (t, 2H, J= 7.0 Hz, -CHZCO2-), 1.99 (m, 2H. -CH2CH2CH2-); 13C NMR (7S MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 188.8, 174.0, 166.9, 1SS.6, 151.8, 141.9, 130.0, 129.4, 127.2, 124.5, 123.9, 115.2, 111.4, 69.1, 68.1, 30.3, 24.2; HRMS calcd for [M + NH4]+ 376.1396, found 2S 376.1389; Anal. Calcd for C19H1807: C, 63.68; H, 5.06. Found: C, 63.45; H, 5.06.
Example 4' Preparation of 1-O-f4-(4-carboxynhenvlmethoxy -2-form~phenvll-f3-D-lucupyranosiduronic acid (isotucaresol D-glucuronide. 4-(f 3-formyl-4-((3-D-gluco_pyranosyloxyuronic acidlnhenoxy~methyllbenzoic acid, compound 41 (1) A solution of acetobromo-a-D-glucuronic acid methyl ester (O.SS g, 1.31 mmol) and compound 40 ( 0.25 g, 0.873 mmol) in quinoline (9 mL) at room temperature was treated with silver oxide (0.40 g, 1.75 mmol) portionwise over S min. The resulting thick slurry was stirred for 30 min at room temperature and then triturated with hexanes (3 x 10 mL), decanting the supernatant. The viscous oil obtained was dissolved in CH2C12 (I00 mL) and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was washed with saturated aq.
NaHC03 (50 mL), dried (Na2S04) and decolorized with Norit B to give 1.6 g of a red oil.
The oil obtained was triturated with hexanes (3 x 50 mL), decanting the supernatant, to 5 give 0.4 g of a pink-colored solid. Flash chromatography on silica gel (45%
EtOAc/hexanes) gave 0.290 g (55%) of methyl 1-O-(4-[4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenylmethoxy]-2-formyl-phenyl)-2,3,4-tri-O-acetyl-(3-D-' glucopyranuranate as a cream-colored solid: mp 196.5-I97.5 °C; Rf 0.30 (50% EtOAc-hexanes);1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 10.29 (s, 1H, CHO), 8.05 (d, 2H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-10 3",5"), 7.48 (d, 2H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-2",6"), 7.39 (d, 1H, J= 3.0 Hz, H-3'), 7.19 (dd, J=
3.0, 8.9 Hz, H-5'), 7.10 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, H-6'), 5.4-5.26 (m, 3H, H-2,3,4), 5.18-5.05 (m, 3H, OCHZ Ar, H-1), 4.I6 (d, 1H, J= 7.5 Hz, H-5), 3.92 (s, 3H, ArCO2CH3), 3.74 (s, 3H, C02CH3), 2.08, 2.06, and 2.05 (3s, 9H, OAc); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) 8 188.7, 169.9, 169.2, I69.0, 166.6, 166.5, 154.6, 153.2, 141.3, 129.9, 127.2, 127.0, 123.8, 118.8, 15 111.3, 99.9, 72.6, 71.5, 70.8, 69.8, 69.0, 53.1, 52.2, 20.6.
(2) A suspension of the compound prepared in (1) above (0.200 g, 0.332 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) at 0 °C was treated with 10% aq NaOH (0.7 mL, 1.99 mmol) and allowed to stir and warm to room temperature over 8 h. The reaction mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with AcOH (~75 ~.L) and concentrated in vacuo. The disodium 20 salt obtained was dissolved in water (5 mL) and acidified to pH 4 with S%
aq citric acid.
The resulting precipitate was collected, washed with water (2 x 5 mL) and dried under high vacuum to give 0.090 g (58%) of 1-O-[4-(4-carboxyphenylmethoxy)-2-formyl-phenyl]-[3-D-glucupyranosiduronic acid (4) as a cream-colored solid: mp 226-227 °C
(dec); Rf 0.40 (50:50:1, CHC13-MeOH-AcOH); 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.42 25 (s, IH, CHO), 7.95 (d, 2H, J= 7.5 Hz, H-3",5"), 7.55 (d, 2H, J= 7.5, H-2",6"), 7.45-7.1 S (m, 3H, H-3',S',6'), 5.2I (s, 2H, OCHZ Ar), 4.96 (d, 1H, J= 4.8 Hz, H-1), 3.9-2.8 (m, H-2,3,4 and OH), 3.75 (d, 1H overlapping preceding multiplet, J= 7.5 Hz, H-5); 13C
NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 189.7, 170.4, 167.0, 154.2, 153.2, 141.7, 130.3, 129.4, 127.2, 125.7, 123.7, 118.9, 110.4, 101.6, 75.7, 74.8, 73.0, 71.5, 69.1.
Exam 1p a 5~ Preparation of 4-ff3-forms d~yphenoxylmethyl]benzoic acid (_isotucaresol, compound IIII
A suspension of compound 40 (0.50 g, 1.75 mrnol) in a mixture of EtOH (5 mL) and 1N aq NaOH was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h to give a light yellow solution.
The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 rnL), washed with EtOAc (25 mL) and acidified with conc HCl (~1 mL). The off white precipitate that formed was collected, washed with water, and dried under high vacuum to give 0.475 g (100%) of 4-[(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)methyl]benzoic acid (isotucaresol; III) as a cream-colored powder:
mp 222-224 °C (dec); Rf 0.46 (10% MeOH-EtOAc); 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6) 8 10.62 (br s, 1 H, OH), 10.00 (s, IH, CHO), 8.06 (d, ZH, J= 8 Hz, H-2,6), 7.62 (d, 2H, J=
8 Hz, H-3,5), 7.43 (d, 1H, J= 3 Hz, H-2'), 7.33 (dd, J= 3, 8.9 Hz, H-6'), 6.95 (d, 2H, J=
8.9 Hz, H-5'), 2.44 (br s, 1H, OH); 13C NMR (75 MHz, acetone-d6) 8 197.2, 167.2, 156.7, 152.6, 143.3, 130.9, 130.6, 128.1, 126.5, 121.6, 119.1, 117.6, 70.7;
HRMS calcd.
for M+NH4+ 290.1028, found 290.1037; Anal. calcd. for CISH12O5 ' 0.25 HZO: C, 65.09;
H, 4.55. Found: C, 65.46; H, 4.56.
Example 6: Bioh~ical Evaluation Hemol~c Activity The hemolytic activities can be determined with an in vitYO assay using sheep red blood cells (SRBC) according to a published procedure (Kensil et al., 1991).
Since most Quillaja saponins cause hemolysis of SRBC in the range of 5 to 30 ~,g/ml, compounds (III), (IV-VI), and other compounds of the present invention are compared to commercially available Quil-A standard (Superfos) by serially diluting the test articles with PBS in 96-well round-bottom microtiter plates to final concentrations between 5 and 200 ~,g/ml. The final volume in each well is 100 ~1. SRBC (40% sheep blood and 60%
Alsever's solution) are washed three times by low speed centrifugation of the blood and resuspension of the pellet in PBS to 2.5 times the original volume. The resuspended cells (25 p.1) are added to each well in the microtiter plate and mixed with the test article solutions. After incubation at room temperature for 30 min, the plates are centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 5 min to sediment unhemolyzed cells. Fifty ~.1 of the supernatants are transferred to the wells of a flat-bottom microtiter plate. Absorbance caused by released hemoglobin is then determined at 570 nm.
Lethal Toxicity in Mice Lethal toxicity of compounds (III), (IV-VI), and other compounds of the present invention are tested in CD-1 (ICR) mice in comparison to Quil A
standard as previously described (Kensil et al.,1991). Groups of CD-1 mice (female, 8-10 wks) are injected intradermally with varying concentrations of the test articles in PBS
and mortality is monitored for 72 h after injection. A control group of mice is injected with PBS only. The 50% lethal dose or LDso is calculated by the Reed-Muench method (see, Reed and Muench, Am. J. Hygiene 1938, 27: 493-497).
Murine Antibody and CTL Responses to rHBsAg Groups of six BALB/c (H-2d) female mice (5-6 wks) are immunized subcutaneously (inguinal region) or intranasally on day 0 and again on day 21 with 2.0 ~,g rHBsAg plus varying doses of compounds (III), (IV-VI), and other compounds of the present invention, or 2.0 p,g alum-adsorbed rHBsAg (0.5 mg alum) plus compounds (III), (IV-VI), and other compounds of the present invention in PBS (200 ~,L/mouse s.c.; 20 ~,l/mouse i.n.). Control groups include nonimmune mice (no treatment) and mice receiving alum-adsorbed rHBsAg alone either s.c. or i.n. on days 0 and 21.
For the evaluation of antibody responses, serum and mucosal samples are collected 14 days after the second vaccination via the orbital plexus and by vaginal wash and individually tested for HBsAg-specific antibody activity by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). The endpoint antibody titers of each mouse are evaluated as total IgG, IgGl, IgG2a, IgG2b and IgA specific for rHBsAg.
The induction of cytotoxic T-lymphocyte response in the above immunized mice are determined by a cytotoxicity assay (see, Schirmbeck et al., J.
Immunol. 1994, 152: 1110-1119; see, Schirmbeck et al., J. Virol. 1994, 68:
1418-1425).
Fourteen days after the second injection single cell suspensions axe prepared from splenic lymphocytes of 3 mice per group. The spleen cells (75xI06) are subsequently incubated at 37 °C in 10 ml RP10-SC media containing 50 nM of an Ld-restricted HBV CTL
epitope (IPQSLDSWWTSL) for 4 days. Stimulated effector cells are harvested, resuspended to 5x106 cells/~,1 and serially diluted (in triplicate) in a volume of 100 p,1 RP10-SC/well of a 96 well microtiter plate followed by the addition of 100 ml of RP10-SC containing 1x104 slCr labeled P815S target cells (transfected P815 cells (H-Zd) expressing the hepatitis B S-antigen). Plates are centrifuged for 5 min at 400 x g and placed in a 37 °C C02 incubator for 4 h. Percent specific cytotoxicity is then determined.
Murine Antibody Response to Formalin-Inactivated Influenza and Protective Immune Responses to Infectious Influenza Influenza vaccines are formulated in PBS with one (1) hemagglutinating unit (HAL77 of formalin-inactivated influenza A/HK/68 (FI-flu) and varying amounts of test articles (2, 4-6), except for the vehicle controls which contain no synthetic adjuvant.
Groups of 10 BALB/c mice (female, 5-6 wks) are vaccinated either by subcutaneous injection at two distinct sites (100 ~,1/site) near the inguinal lymph nodes (total of 200 ~,L/mouse) or by intranasal administration (20 ~,1/mouse) on day 0 and again on day 21.
Serum and mucosal samples are collected from mice (5 per group) 14 days after the second vaccination via the orbital plexus and by vaginal wash and then frozen at -70 °C
until assessed by ELISA. The end-point influenza-specific antibody titers of each mouse are evaluated as total IgG, IgGl, IgG2a, IgG2b and IgA.
All mice immunized above are challenged 30 days post vaccination by i.n.
administration of approximately 10 LDSO infectious influenza AJIiK/68.
Mortality is assessed for 21 days following the challenge.
Example 7~ Biological Evaluation of Isotucaresol (III) and with the AGP
compound 99 Compound III, isotucaresol, was evaluated for adjuvant activity with a model hepatitis B vaccine. III, was prepared as an aqueous formulation in PBS
and admixed with recombinant hepatitis B surface antigen (rHBsAg) (Rhein Biotech, Diisseldorf, Germany) with or without the AGP adjuvant 99 (2-[(R)-3-tetradecanoyloxytetradecanoylamino]ethyl 2-Deoxy-4-O-phosphono-3-O-[(R)-3-tetradecanoyloxytetradecanoyl]-2-[(R)-3-tet radecanoyloxytetradecanoylamino]-~3-D-glucopyranoside Triethylammonium Salt).
Mice were administered the vaccines on days 0 and 21 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of vaccine containing 1 ~g rHBsAg ~ 1000 ~,g III ~ S ~g 99. The antigen-specific immune response to rHBsAg was evaluated by measurement of serum antibody and cytotoxic T
lymphocytes (CTL). The results shown in Table 1 indicate that III has adjuvant activity through its ability to mediate enhanced serum antibody production and acts synergistically with the AGP adjuvant 99.
Table 1 Groups Gross Geometric Mean Serum Titersb IgG IgGl IgG2a IgG2b Nonimmune 1X 1X 1X 1X
rHBsAg + PBS SOOX SOOX 100X 8X
rHBsAg + III S,OOOX S,OOOX 2SOX 100X
rHBsAg + III + 99 20,000 S,OOOX 15,OOOX S,OOOX
rHBsAg + 99 10,OOOX S,OOOX S,OOOX 750X
a. Female BALB/c mice (8/group) were administered the vaccines on days U and L1 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of vaccine containing 1 pg rHBsAg ~ 1000 ~g III
~ 5 ~.g 99.
b. Serum from S mice/group was collected 21 days post-secondary vaccination and analyzed by ELISA.
c. The symbol 1X= 0-100, 3X =101-300, 5X=301-500, 8X=501-800, 10X=801-1000, 15X=1000-1500, 30X=1500-3000, 100X=3001-10,000, 150X=10,001-15,000, 2SOX=15,001-25,000, SOOX=25,001-50,000, 750X=50,001-75,000, 1000X=75,001-100,000, SOOOX=100,001-500,000, 10,000X=500,001-1,000,000, 15,000X=1,000,001-1,500,000, and 20,0000X=1,500,001-2,000,000.
Spleen cells were collected from donor mice 26 days after the secondary vaccination and evaluated fox CTL activity. rHBsAg directed specific lysis was assessed I S in a standard four hour SICr-release assay and by measurement of CD8+, IFNy+ using flow cytometry. The results in Table 2 indicate that III enhances the CTL
response to the vaccine antigen and has an additive effect to the adjuvant activity induced by 99.
Table 2 Groups Percent Specific Cell LysisLymphocytes'e (50:1)b CD 8~, IFNy~
Nonimmune - N
rHBsAg + PBS + 2N
rHBsAg + III 4+ 2N
rHBsAg + III + 8+ 4N
rHBsAg + 99 S+ 3N
a. Female BALB/c mice (8/group) were administered the vaccines on days 0 and 21 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of vaccine containing 1 ~g rHBsAg ~ 1000 ~g III
~ 5 ~g 99.
b. The percent speck lysis is shown for cells suspended at a 50:1 effectoraarget ratio.
5 Spleen cells were treated with Tris-buffered NH4Cl to remove erythrocytes and resuspended at a concentration of 7.S x 106/m1 in RPMI/10% FCS supplemented with 5 mM Hepes, 4 mM L-glutamine, 0.05 mM 2-mercaptoethanol and antibiotics. A
synthetic peptide representing a known MHC class I, Ld-restricted CTL epitope (IPQSLDSWWTSL) was added to the cells at a final concentration of 75 nM. After a 10 four-day incubation, the cells were recovered and assessed for CTL
activity. The target cells were a transfected P815 cell line (P815S), which express the Ld-restricted CTL
epitope, or the non-transfected P815 cell line. In all cases lysis of the non transfected P815 cells was less than 10% at 50:1 effectoraarget ratio.
c. The symbol '=" represents 0-2 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "+" is 2-10 Percent 15 Specific Cell Lysis, "2+" is 11-20 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "3+" is 21-30 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "4+" is 31-40 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "5+" is 41-50 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "6+" is 51-60 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "7+" is 61-70 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, and "8+" is 71-80 Percent Specific Cell Lysis.
d. A ratio of CDS+, IFN~y+ cells to total CD8+ cells is indicated. The CD8+, IFNy+ cells 20 ~ represent antigen activated cells capable of inducing CTL activity.
Spleen cells were treated with Iris-buffered NH4Cl to remove erythrocytes and resuspended in RPMI/10%
FCS supplemented with 5 mM Hepes, 4 mM L-glutamine, 0.05 mM 2-mercaptoethanol and antibiotics. A synthetic peptide representing a known MHC class I, Ld-restricted CTL epitope (IPQSLDSWWTSL) was added to the cells at a final concentration of 25 nM. After a six-hour incubation the cells were stained for the CD8 cell-surface marker and the intracellular IFNy with fluorescent-tagged monoclonal antibodies. The cells were evaluated by flow cytometry.
e. The symbols, N, 1N, 2N, 3N, 4N, and 5N, represent the ranges of ratios of 1:5000-1:1000, 1:999-1:750, 1:749-1:500, 1:499-1:250, 1:249-1:200, and 1:199-1:100, 30 respectively.
Example 8~ Biological Evaluation of compounds 40, 42, and 44 with compound 99 Compounds 40, 42, and 44, were evaluated for adjuvant activity with a model hepatitis B vaccine. These compounds were prepared as aqueous formulations in 35 PBS and admixed with recombinant hepatitis B surface antigen (rHBsAg) with or without the AGP adjuvant 99. Compound 99 was solubilized in an aqueous formulation containing dipalmitoylphosphatidyl choline in water. Mice were administered the vaccines on days 0 and 14 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection. The mouse dose for each vaccine is given in table 3. The antigen-specific immune response to rHBsAg was evaluated by measurement of serum antibody and cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL).
The results shown in Table 3 confirm the adjuvant activity of compounds of 40, 42, and 44.
Each molecule mediated enhanced serum antibody production.
S Table 3.
AdiuvantGross Geometric Serum Titers b Groups Dose IGG IgGI IgG2a IgG2b ~N~g) Nonimmune ---- 1X 1X 1X IX
rHBsAg/PBS ---- ~100X 1SOX 3X 3X
rHBsAg /40 1000 7SOX S,OOOX 100X 15X
rHBsAg /40 S00 SOOX S,OOOX 30X 1SX
rHBsAg l40+99 S00/S S,OOOX 7SOX S,OOOX SOOX
rHBsAg /40 2S0 SOOX 1,OOOX 2SOX 30X
rHBsAg /42 1000 100X SOOX 8X 8X
rHBsAg /42 S00 100X 1SOX 1SX 8X
rHBsAg /42+99 S00/S 5,000X S,OOOX 7SOX 1SX
rHBsAg /42 ZSO 30X 1,OOOX 30X 8X
rHBsAg /44 1000 1 OOX 1 SX 15X 1 OX
rHBsAg /44 S00 100X 30X 1SX lOX
rHBsAg /44+99 S00/S S,OOOX SOOX S,OOOX SOOX
rHBsAg /44 2S0 1SX SOOX 1SX lOX
rHBsAg /99 S S,OOOX 7SOX S,OOOX SOOX
a. Female BALB/c mice (8/group) were administered the vaccines on days 0 and 14 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of vaccine.
b. Serum from S mice/group was collected 11 days post-secondary vaccination and analyzed by ELISA.
c. The symbol 1X= 0-100, 3X = 101-300, SX=301-500, 8X=501-800, 10X=801-1000, 15X=1000-1500, 30X=1500-3000, 100X=3001-10,000, 150X=10,001-15,000, 250X=15,001-25,000, 500X=25,001-50,000, 750X=50,001-75,000, 1000X=75,001-100,000, SOOOX=100,001-500,000, 10,000X=500,001-1,000,000, 15,000X=1,000,001-1,500,000, and 20,0000X=1,500,001-2,000,000.
Spleen cells were collected from donor mice 11 days after the secondary vaccination and evaluated for CTL activity. The rHBsAg directed CTL was assessed by measurement of CD8+, IFNy+ using flow cytometry. The results in Table 4 indicate that compounds 40, IO 42, and 44 enhance the CTL response to the hepatitis vaccine antigen.
,63 Table 4 CTL
ADJUVANT
GrO~ Ratio of CD8+, D ose (~,g) IFNy+
Lymphocytesb' Nonimmune ____ N
rHBsAg /PBS ---- 3N
rHBsAg /40 1000 SN
rHBsAg /40 500 2N
rHBsAg /40+99 500/5 SN
rHBsAg /40 250 3N
rHBsAg /42 1000 2N
rHBsAg /42 500 3N
rHBsAg /42+99 500/5 SN
rHBsAg /42 250 SN
rHBsAg /44 1000 2N
rHBsAg /44 500 3N
rHBsAg /44+99 500/5 3N
rHBsAg /44 250 4N
rHBsAg /99 5 4N
a. Female BALB/c mice (6-7/group) were administered the vaccines on days 0 and 14 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of vaccine.
b. A ratio of CD8+, IFN~+ cells to total CD8+ cells is indicated. The CD8+, IFN~y+ cells represent antigen activated cells capable of inducing CTL activity. Spleen cells were treated with tris-buffered NH4Cl to remove erythrocytes and resuspended in RPMI/10%
FCS supplemented with 5 mM Hepes, 4 mM L-glutamine, 0.05 mM 2-mercaptoethanol and antibiotics. A synthetic peptide representing a known MHC class I, Ld-restricted CTL epitope (IPQSLDSWWTSL) was added to the cells at a final concentration of nM. After a six-hour incubation the cells were stained for the CD8 cell-surface marker and the intracellular IFNy with fluorescent-tagged monoclonal antibodies. The cells were evaluated by flow cytometry.
c. The symbols, N, 1N, 2N, 3N, 4N, and SN, represent the ranges of ratios of 1:5000-1:1000, 1:999-1:750, 1:749-1:500, 1:499-1:250, 1:249-1:200, and 1:199-1:100, respectively.
It is understood that the examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various modifications or changes in light thereof will be suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
Scheme III
COZt-Bu \ COzt-Bu 1. HC=CH ~ ~
SnCl4-Bu3N \ O~ OHC O
2. KZCO3, MeOH
p HO HO
R CHO
Os04 18 R = CH=CHZ 19 1~ NaI04~ ~ R=CHO
The o-vinylation reaction with acetylene should also allow ready access to the corresponding dicarboxaldehyde 19 and related diformyl derivatives of this invention via divinylation/oxidation of 12 using Yamaguchi's modified reaction conditions for 15 preparing 2,6-divinyl phenols (Yamaguchi et al.,1998). The adjuvant activity of 19 and substituted derivatives can be evaluated using methods described herein.
Directed Metalation Approach to 7 An alternate approach to the o-hydroxybenzaldehyde portion of 7 is the o-20 metalation of methoxymethyl (MOM)-protected phenol 20 (Scheme IV). The powerful ortho directing ability of the MOM group, coupled with its facile acidic cleavage and base stability, make MOM-ethers especially useful for functionalizing aromatic compounds (see, Zacharie et al.,1997; see, Ronald and Winkle, Tetrahedron 1983, 39:
2031-2042). Thus, hydroquinone 13 can be selectively monoprotected (Zacharie et al., 25 1997; see, Cruz-Almanza et al., Heterocycles 1994, 37: 759-774) with chloromethyl methyl ether in acetone in the presence of Cs2C03 or via the phenoxide generated with NaH in tetrahydrofuran (THF) to give the known (Cruz-Almanza et al.,1994) MOM-protected phenol 21. Benzylation of 21 with acid 17 in the presence of KZC03 then yields 20. Treatment of 20 with two equivalents of n- or s-butyllithium (RLi) in THF
at -78 °C
with or without added tetramethylethylenediamine generates the dilithio species, which on quenching at low temperature with DMF yields MOM-protected isotucaresol 22 after aq. NH4C1 work-up. Directed metalations in the presence of a carboxyl group at low temperature occur without nucleophilic attack (by RLi) on the carboxylate (see, Johnson and Gribble, Tetrahedron Lett. 1987, 28: 5259-5262). It is also possible to convert hydroxy acid 23 directly to 22 by tandem MOM-protection-directed metalation reaction according to the protocol shown in Scheme IV. Similarly, selective methoxymethylation of the dilithio salt of 23 provides an alternate preparation of MOM-ether 20.
Scheme IV
\ COZH
OH R = MOM Z ~'i, THF -78 °C;
\ 1~ O ~ / then DMF
\
KzC03, MeOH
RO 1. 2 RLi THF -20 °C;
RO R = H then MOM-CI
2. RLi, -78 °C;
N~ .~ ~ 13 R = H 20 R = MOM then DMF
MOM-CI ~ 21 R = MOM 23 R = H
\ COZH \ ~ /COZR
p ~ R = t Bu 1 ~ t-BuOH, DCC, DMAP O I //
\ \~ 2. MgBrz _ \
/ R = TCE I ~ C13CCH20H, DCC, DMAP HO ~ /
MOMO 2. TFA, CHZC12 7 R=t-Bu 24 R=TCE
Because compounds 7 and 22 are diametrically protected, 22 is preferred for attaching the lipophilic side-chain first. A compound comprising both lipophilic and hydrophilic domains can be constructed from 22 in as few as 6 steps this way-potentially an important consideration with respect to the large-scale chemical synthesis of an adjuvant candidate.
Compound 22 permits protection of the carboxylic function with groups other than t-butyl since base stability (to phenol o-formylation) is obviated.
Selective deprotection of the MOM group in the presence of a t-butyl ester is possible with reagents such as B-bromocatecholborane or MgBr2, where removal is facilitated by chelation with the neighboring carbonyl (see, Haraldsson and Baldwin, Tetrahedron. 1997, 53:
224). Alternatively, initial deprotection of the MOM group and selective t-butyl ester formation using in situ-generated isobutylene (see, Wright et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38: 7345-7348) can be used to provide intermediate 7. Accordingly, 22 is converted to 7 by one these two protocols or, alternatively, to the 2,2,2-trichloroethyl (TCE) ester 24 by carbodiimide esterification and MOM removal with TFA, etc. TCE esters are stable to a greater range of glycosylating conditions than t-butyl esters, but like t-butyl groups are orthogonal to allyl-based sugar protection (see, Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis; 2nd ed.: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: New York, 1991; pp. 240-241).
Synthesis of 7 from 2,5-Dihydroxxbenzaldehyde (251 One variation on the hydroquinone strategy, which-like the benzofuran route below-commences with a fully functionalized A-ring, is the selective benzylation of 2,5-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (25) on the more nucleophilic 5-hydroxyl group.
Thus, treatment of commercially available 25 with bromide 14 under conditions known to selectively alkylate the hydroxyl meta to the carbonyl group in 2,5-dihydroxy systems (see, Sadekov et al.,1970; see, Vyas and Shah, Org. Synth., Coll. Vol. 41963, pp. 836-839) can be used to provide intermediate 7 in just two steps (Scheme V).
Likewise, alkylation of 25 with acid 17 gives isotucaresol (III) in a single step.
Scheme V
COzR
OH ~ COZR I
I KzC03, Me2CO ~ p Br~
HO ~
CHO 14 R = t-Bu 17 R=H CHO
7 R = t-Bu 2 R=H
Selective debenzylation ortho to an aromatic carbon~group to yield 7 or (IIII
Compounds according to the formulae of 7 or III can be made by selective 20 debenzylation. For example, a dibenzylated product formed as a side product in the preparation of 7 (or III) in Scheme V can be selectively cleaved at the site ortho to the formyl group with MgBr2 (see, Haraldsson and Baldwin,1997). Alternatively, quantitative dibenzylation of 25 with 14 or 17, or other appropriate derivatives followed by selective o-debenzylation also provides an efficient route to (III) and its derivatives 25 (e.g., compound 40). The simplicity of these methods offsets the greater expense of the starting material 25 as compared to hydroquinone 13.
Generally, this reaction scheme is carried out on in the presence of a Lewis acid to form the selectively debenzylated product as in Scheme VI:
Scheme VI
/ cozR=
/ cozR2 °
f2°02C ~ ~ O / /
HO
H O ~
H~O
R2 and Rg can be the same or different. 1n some embodiments, Rz and R$
are selected from moieties which are known in the art as carboxylic acid protecting groups. Compounds within the scope of the invention include embodiments where Rz and R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, an s substituted Cl_zo alkyl group, and a group having the formula -(CHz)mCH(OH)(CHz)POR , wherein m and p are independently 1 or 2, and RS is a substituted Cz_zo acyl group,' an substituted Cz_zo acyl group, or a group having the formula:
Rs (CHz)i I H R~
The symbol j represents an integer from 1 to 5. The substituents R6 and R7 can independently represent hydrogen, a substituted C1_zo alkyl group, or an substituted ~C1_zo alkyl group.
The o-debenzylation can be achieved with a Lewis acid having the formula MX". M is selected from the group containing A13+, As3+, Bs+, Fez+~ Fe3+, Ga3+, Mgz+~
Sb3+, Sbs+, Snz+, Sn4+, Tiz+, Ti3+, Ti4+,and Znz+. X is a halide selected from the group consisting of Cl, I, F, and Br. Those of skill in the art will recognize that n is an integer from 2 to 5 depending on the valence state of M. In some embodiments, the Lewis acids that can be used to achieve the ortho-debenzylation include, but are not limited to: A1C13, AlI3, AlF3, AlBr3, EtzAlCl, EtAlClz, AsCl3, AsI3, AsF3, AsBr3, BCl3, BBr3, BI3, BF3, BC13~SMez, BI3~SMez, BF3~SMez, BBr3~SMez, FeCl3, FeBr3, FeI3, FeF3, FeClz, FeBrz, FeIz, FeFz, GaCl3, GaI3, GaF3, GaBr3, MgClz, MgIz, MgFz, MgBrz, MgClz-OEtz, MgIz-OEtz MgFz-OEtz MgBrz-OEtz, SbCl3, SbI3, SbF3, SbBr3, SbCls, SbIS, SbFs, SbBrs, SnClz, SnIz, SnFz, SnBrz, SnCl4, SnI4, SnF4, SnBr4, TiBr4, TiClz, TiCl3, TiCl4., TiF3, TiF4, TiIø, ZnClz, ZnIz, ZnFz, and ZnBrz. In addition, the o-debenzylation can be achieved with Lewis acids such as EtzAlCl, EtAlClz, monoalkyl boronhalides, dialkyl boronhalides, and monoaryl boronhalides, diaryl boronhalides. X can be, but is not limited to, Cl, I, F, and Br. The reaction is carned out under conditions sufficient to form the ortho-debenzylated product. These conditions can be determined by one of skill in the art by optimizing reaction parameters. Reaction parameters that can be optimized in the ortho-debenzylation reaction include, but are not limited to, length of reaction incubation, temperature, pressure, solvent(s), ratio of solvent to starting materials, etc. Methods of optimizing reactions of the present invention are well within the purview of one skilled in the organic chemistry arts.
Without being bound by any particular theory, the reaction of these Lewis Acids with the dibenzylated starting material is thought to' form a mufti-membered (e.g., six-membered) chelation ring intermediate. This mufti-membered chelation ring intermediate is then subjected to hydrolysis (e.g., with a base, an acid, HCl, etc.) to yield the ortho-debenzylated product. The addition of a base or acid to the reaction mixture can be considered part of the conditions sufficient to form the desired ortho-debenzylated product.
In some embodiments, the o-debenzylation is carried out by reacting compound 39 under condition A, condition B, or,condition C to give methyl 4-(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxymethyl)benzoate (isotucaresol methyl ester; 40):
\ COZMe \ COZMe \ 0 ~ / . \ 0 / HO ~ /
Me0 C' v CHO a. 2 equiv. MgBra-OEtz CHO
0.5 equiv. ~rBu4N+r 39 toluene 40 Reflux 18 h Isotucaresol methyl ester b. 2 equiv. TiCl4 2 equiv. ~rBu4N+I-CHCIZ
0°C to RT, 16 h.
c. 1.5 equiv. BCI3.SMe2 CHZCIZ
5°C to RT, overnight Benzofuran Route In one synthesis of isotucaresol (III), commercially available 5-methoxybenzofuran (16) is demethylated with boron tribromide (see, Williard and Fryhle, Tetrahedron Lett. 1980, 21: 3731-3734) to give 26, which is then benzylated with methyl 4-(bromomethyl)benzoate. Analogous benzylation of 26 with t-butyl ester 14 and ozonolysis (Kneen, EP054924,1986; and U.S. Patent No. 4,535,183) of benzofuran intermediate 15 provides compound 7 (Scheme VII).
Scheme VII
\ coZr-Bu \ OR 0 OMe K CO _ \ ~ O -65 °C' 2 3 3~
HO I ~ 0 / MeOH / then Me.~S
CHO
27 ~ 16 R = Me BBr3 -~ 26 R = H
Synthesis of Hemisuccinate (V1 Conversion of phenols and alcohols to their corresponding hemisuccinates (isolated as the free acid or alkali metal salt) is a common tactic to enhance aqueous 10 solubility of steroids and other lipophilic drugs, and consequently general methods are available for succinoylation (see, Gottfried and Baxendale,1962). Treatment of t-butyl ester 7 with succinic anhydride in pyridine yields compound (V) subsequent to deprotection of the t-butyl ester with trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) (Scheme VIII). Since quaternary carboxylic acid groups do not ordinarily interfere with this reaction, the direct 15 succinoylation of isotucaresol (III) is also possible.
Scheme VIII
\ COZt-Bu 0 \ COZH
0 ~ / 1. O pyr, Et3N \ 0 ( /
\ O
HO / 2. T'FA> CHzCl2, 0 °C HOZC O
CHO _ CHo Synthesis of Glucuronide 4 The highly stereoselective synthesis of aryl (3-glycosides and acyl (3-glucuronides has been achieved via the Mitsunobu reaction (see, Roush and Lin, 1995;
see, Smith et al., 1986). In fact, allyl glucuronate 11 has been used in the Mitsunobu reaction without protection of sugar hydroxyl groups in yields up to 50% by taking advantage of the higher reactivity of the anomeric hydroxyl group (see, Juteau et al., 1997). Application of the Mitsunobu protocol to fully protected sugars gives even higher yields (70-95%) of aryl (3-glycosides (see, Roush and Lin, 1995).
Accordingly, the known (Juteau et al.,1997) allyl ester 11, prepared from D-glucuronic acid and allyl bromide (1,8-diazobicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBT~/DMF, rt) in 75% yield, is selectively coupled with phenol 7 or a related derivative in the presence of triphenylphosphine and diisopropylazodicarboxylate (DIAD) in THF
at 0 °C
to give aryl (3-glycoside 28 (i.e., 8 R = H) as shown in Scheme IX. Sequential deprotection of the ester protecting groups with TFA and Pd(0) in the presence of a suitable allyl scavenger (see, Harada et al.,1995; see, Guibe,1998) then gives compound (IV).
Scheme IX
/co2r-Bu o (~) COZAIIyI COZAIIyI \
HO'~7, Ph3P, DIAD Rp-~~ ~ / 1. TFA, CHZCl2, 0 °C
HO OH OH ,~F RO O 2. Pd(PPh3)4 cat.
OR CHO Bu4SnH, THF, r.t.
11 28 R=H
30 R=AOC
1. AOC-Cl, pyr 2. HBr, AcOH
COzt-Bu O I/
COzA11y1 ~ ~ ' OH ~ \
O HO HO"~~ /
AAOCO CHO HO O
OH CHO
AOCO X X = OH Ph3P, DIAD
X=Br Ag-silicate Helicin(31) Ag2C03 29 X = Br a9. THF ~32 X = OH
An alternate method which has been used for the glycosylation of phenols is the Koenigs Knorr reaction of pyranosyl bromides in the presence of a silver salt (see, Roush and Lin, 1995; see, Robertson and Waters, R.B. J. Chem. Soc. 1930, 2729-2733) Since AOC groups have been introduced onto the 2,3,4-positions of glucuronides in high yield using AOC-Cl in pyridine, (see, Harada et al., 1995) 11 is similarly protected and then treated with HBr in acetic acid to give bromide 29. Silver mediated coupling of 29 and 7 then gives predominantly the aryl (3-glycoside 30 (i.e., 8, R = AOC). An analogous glycosylation has been used to prepare the natural product helicin (31) from salicaldehyde and O-tetraacetyl-4-D-glucopyranosyl bromide in the presence of silver oxide (see, Robertson and Waters, 1930). Glycosyl donor 29 also provides access to lactol 32 by silver-mediated hydrolysis (see, Roush and Lin,1995). Mitsunobu reaction of fully protected 32 with 7 should also give 30, which can then be deprotected to 4 by the same 2-step deprotection as for 28.
Synthesis of Glucuronides 6a-6c Aryl glycoside 30, prepared directly from 29 or 32 as discussed above or, alternatively, by AOC-protection of 28, is transformed into the advanced intermediate 9 by the sequence: (1) t butyl ester hydrolysis, (2) esterification with 10, and (3) acetonide cleavage as shown in Scheme X below. Recently, in an approach to aureolic acid antibiotics it was demonstrated that aryl glycosides possessing electron-withdrawing substituents on the aromatic aglycon are stable to acidic deprotection of ketal and other protecting groups (Roush and Lin,1995; Roush et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1999, 121:
1990-1991). In fact, certain phenyl glycosides bearing carbonyl groups in the aglycon unit have shown remarkable stability to acidic hydrolysis (see, Bar et al., Wiss. Technol.
1990, 23: 371-376). Nevertheless, if the glycosidic linkage is sensitive to ketal and/or t-butyl ester cleavage, TCE ester 24-prepared from 22 or via ester interchange of 7--can be used for glucuronidation and subsequently deprotected under neutral conditions with zinc in buffered aq. THF (see, Just and Grozinger, Synthesis 1976, 457-458).
Stable isosteres (pseudosugar, Gglycoside) of the glucuronide can be prepared.
Compound 9 is selectively acylated on the primary hydroxyl group with acetic anhydride and the appropriate acid chlorides under standard conditions to give 33a-c. Although acetylations with acetyl chloride are not as selective as with other acid chlorides, acetyl introduction with AczO in CHCl3 in the presence of pyridine provides good selectivity for primary alcohols when the reaction is run below 0 °C (see, Stork et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1978, 100: 8272-8273). One method that has been applied specifically to the selective acylation of glycerol derivatives is the reaction of an in situ-generated stannoxane-prepared with Bu2Sn0 in toluene by azeotropic dehydration-with acid chlorides at 0 °C (see, Aragozzini et al., Synthesis 1989, 225-227).
Deprotection of the allyl-based protecting groups of 33a-c prepared by one of these methods delivers (6a-c).
Scheme X
/cozr-Bu COZAIIyI ~ ~ / 1. TFA, CHZCIz, 0 °C
O
O ~ 2. HO O DCC, DMAP
AOC-Cl ~28 R1= H 3. Dowex (H~
ps''~ 30 Rl = AOC
Pd(0) 6a-c AczOor [~ 9 R=H
RCOCt, pyr ~33a-c R= Ac, n-C~H15C0, n-C13H2~C0 Divergent Synthesis of 6a-c As discussed above, MOM ether 23 is ideally suited for elaborating the acylated glycerol unit prior to glucuronidation of the phenolic hydroxyl group. Thus, esterification of 23 with 10, followed by acetonide hydrolysis and acylation as described above should yield 34a-c (Scheme XI). MOM deprotection and Mitsunobu coupling of the resulting 35a-c with 11 then provides glucuronides 36a-c, which can be deprotected with Pd(0) to give 6a-c.
Scheme XI
COZH
O ~ / 1. 10, DCC, DMAP
2. Dowex (H~
MOMO / 3. Acylation CHO 23 M~rz _ _ __ _..
orTFA~35a-c R=H
11 1n..,. ~ Pd(o) HO~'~~ 6a-c Ph3P, DIAD un O
36a-c Finished products (IV-VI) are analyzed by standard spectroscopic (IR, 1H
and 13C NMR) and physical (elemental and HRMS) data. Purity is assessed by reverse-phase HPLC analysis of the intact molecules or a suitable derivative (e.g., phenacyl ester of the glucuronic carboxyl group).
Evaluation of Compounds The adjuvant effects of the compounds of the present invention on humoral and cell-mediated responses can be determined in two different murine models using rHBsAg (recombinant Hepatitis B Surface Antigen), inactivated influenza virus (e.g., hemagglutinin protein in FluZone influenza vaccine (Connaught Laboratories, Swiftwater, PA)) as antigens. In the case of rHBsAg, the compounds can be formulated with both alum-adsorbed antigen and soluble antigen and compared with an alum-adsorbed antigen control. Antibody titers (e.g., IgG, IgGl, IgG2a, IgG2b, etc.) to rHBsAg can be determined by ELISA from pre-vaccination and post-vaccination sera.
Given the enhanced serum and mucosal CTL and IgA responses often elicited with vaccines administered intranasally (i.n.), (see, VanCott et al., J. Immunol.
1998, 160: 2000-2012; Imaoka et al., J. Immunol. 1998, 161: 5952-5958) both i.n. and subcutaneous (s.c.) immunization of mice are performed with the above formulations.
The compounds are evaluated for their ability to induce rHBsAg-specific antibodies and influenza hemagglutinin-specific antibodies in BALB/c mice and enhance CTLs against P815S-HBsAg target cells (see, e.g., Moore et al., (1988) Cell 55: 777-785).
The P815S
cell line is a transfectant of P815 which expresses the HBsAg CTL sas-s9 epitope in the MHC-I complex and shows relevance to human immune responses to hepatitis B
virus (HBV), for which CTL responses appear to be important for pathogen clearance (see, Schirmbeck et al., J. Immunol. 1994, 152: 1110-1119; see, Schirmbeck et al., J. Yirol.
1994, 68: 1418-1425).
The pyrogenicity of the compounds of the claims invention can be assayed using methods known in the art. Pyrogenicity is typically assayed by intravenous injection of a compound being tested (e.g., at a 10 p,g/Kg dose) and measuring the total rise in the temperature of the animal injected (e.g., a rabbit, a mouse, etc).
Pharmaceutical Comuositions and Vaccine Compositions In one embodiment, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable Garner. The compound is present in a therapeutically effective amount, which the amount of compound required to achieve the desired effect in terms of treating a disease, condition, or achieving a biological occurrence.
In another embodiment of the invention, the adjuvant system of the present invention can be administered without a co-administered antigen, to potentiate the 5 immune system for treatment of chronic infectious diseases, especially in immune compromised patients. Illustrative examples of infectious diseases for which this approach may be employed for therapeutic or prophylactic treatment can be found in U.S.
Pat. No. 5,508,310. Potentiation of the immune system in this way can also be useful as a preventative measure to limit the risks of nosocomial andJor post-surgery infections.
10 The pharmaceutical compositions can act as an adjuvant when co-administered with an antigen. The compounds of Formula I can be thought of as the extrinsic adjuvant. An adjuvant is an immunostiumulatory agent that enhance the immunogenicity of an antigen but is not necessarily immunogenic itself.
Intrinsic adjuvants, such as lipopolysaccharides, normally are the components of the killed or 15 attenuated bacteria used as vaccines. Extrinsic adjuvants are immunomodulators which are typically non-covalently linked to antigens and are formulated to enhance the host immune responses. In one embodiment, the antigen is a tumor associated antigen (tumor specific antigen).
In one embodiment the present invention provides a vaccine composition 20 comprising an antigen and a compound of Formula I. Suitable antigens include microbial pathogens, bacteria, viruses, proteins, glycoproteins lipoproteins, peptides, glycopeptides, lipopeptides, toxoids, carbohydrates, and tumor-specific antigens. Mixtures of two or more antigens may be employed.
Thus, the adjuvant systems of the invention are particularly advantageous 25 in making and using vaccine and other immunostimulant compositions to treat or prevent diseases, such inducing active immunity towards antigens in mammals, preferably in humans. Vaccine preparation is a well developed art and general guidance in the preparation and formulation of vaccines is readily available from any of a variety of sources. One such example is New Trends and Developments in Vaccines, edited by 30 Voller et al., University Park Press, Baltimore, Md., U.S.A. 1978.
The vaccine compositions of the present invention may also contain other compounds, which may be biologically active or inactive. For example, one or more immunogenic portions of other tumor antigens may be present, either incorporated into a fusion polypeptide or as a separate compound, within the vaccine composition.
Polypeptides may, but need not, be conjugated to other macromolecules as described, for example, within US Patent Nos. 4,372,945 and 4,474,757. Vaccine compositions may generally be used for prophylactic and therapeutic purposes.
In one illustrative embodiment, the antigen in a vaccine composition of the invention is a peptide, polypeptide, or immunogenic portion thereof. An "immunogenic portion," as used herein is a portion of a protein that is recognized (i. e., specifically bound) by a B-cell and/or T-cell surface antigen receptor. Such immunogenic portions generally comprise at least 5 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 10, and still more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues of an antigenic protein or a variant thereof.
Immunogenic portions of antigen polypeptides may generally be identified using well known techniques, such as those summarized in Paul, Fundamental Immunology, 3rd ed., 243-247 (Raven Press, 1993) and references cited therein.
Such ~ techniques include screening polypeptides for the ability to react with antigen-specific antibodies, antisera and/or T-cell lines or clones. As used herein, antisera and antibodies are "antigen-specific" if they specifically bind to an antigen (i. e., they react with the protein in an ELISA or other immunoassay, and do not react detectably with unrelated proteins). Such antisera and antibodies may be prepared as described herein, and using well known techniques. An immunogenic portion of a protein is a portion that reacts with such antisera andlor T-cells at a level that is not substantially less than the reactivity of the full length polypeptide (e.g., in an ELISA and/or T-cell reactivity assay). Such immunogenic portions may react within such assays at a level that is similar to or greater than the reactivity of the full length polypeptide. Such screens may generally be performed using methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as those described in Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988. For example, a polypeptide may be immobilized on a solid support and contacted with patient sera to allow binding of antibodies within the sera to the immobilized polypeptide. Unbound sera may then be removed and bound antibodies detected using, for example, lzsl-labeled Protein A.
Peptide and polypeptide antigens are prepared using any of a variety of well-known techniques. Recombinant polypeptides encoded by DNA sequences may be readily prepared from isolated DNA sequences using any of a variety of expression vectors known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Expression may be achieved in any appropriate host cell that has been transformed or transfected with an expression vector containing a DNA molecule that encodes a recombinant polypeptide. Suitable host cells include prokaryotes, yeast, and higher eukaryotic cells, such as mammalian cells and plant cells. Preferably, the host cells employed are E. coli, yeast or a mammalian cell line such as COS or CHO.
Portions and other variants of a protein antigen having less than about 100 amino acids, and generally less than about 50 amino acids, may also be generated by synthetic means, using techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, such polypeptides may be synthesized using any of the commercially available ' solid-phase techniques, such as the Mernfield solid-phase synthesis method, where amino acids are sequentially added to a growing amino acid chain. See, Mernfield, J.
Am.
Chem. Soc. 85:2149-2146, 1963. Equipment for automated synthesis of polypeptides is commercially available from suppliers such as Perkin Eliner/Applied BioSystems Division (Foster City, CA), and may be operated according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Within certain specific embodiments, a polypeptide antigen used in the vaccine compositions of the invention may be a fusion protein that comprises two or more distinct polypeptides. A fusion partner may, for example, assist in providing T helper epitopes (an immunological fusion partner), preferably T helper epitopes recognized by humans, or may assist in expressing the protein (an expression enhancer) at higher yields than the native recombinant protein. Certain preferred fusion partners are both immunological and expression enhancing fusion partners. Other fusion partners may be selected so as to increase the solubility of the protein or to enable the protein to be targeted to desired intracellular compartments. Still further fusion partners include affinity tags, which facilitate purification of the protein.
Fusion proteins may generally be prepared using standard techniques, including chemical conjugation. Preferably, a fusion protein is expressed as a recombinant protein, allowing the production of increased levels, relative to a non-fused protein, in an expression system. Briefly, DNA sequences encoding the polypeptide components may be assembled separately, and ligated into an appropriate expression vector. The 3' end of the DNA sequence encoding one polypeptide component is ligated, with or without a peptide linker, to the 5' end of a DNA sequence encoding the second polypeptide component so that the reading frames of the sequences are in phase. This permits translation into a single fusion protein that retains the biological activity of both component polypeptides.
A peptide linker sequence may be employed to separate the first and second polypeptide components by a distance sufficient to ensure that each polypeptide folds into its secondary and tertiary structures. Such a peptide linker sequence is incorporated into the fusion protein using standard techniques well known in the art.
Suitable peptide linker sequences may be chosen based on the following factors: (1) their ability to adopt a flexible extended conformation; (2) their inability to adopt a secondary structure that could interact with functional epitopes on the first and second polypeptides;
and (3) the lack of hydrophobic or charged residues that might react with the polypeptide functional epitopes. Preferred peptide linker sequences contain Gly, Asn and Ser residues. Other neax neutral amino acids, such as Thr and Ala may also be used in the linker sequence. Amino acid sequences which may be usefully employed as linkers include those disclosed in Maratea et al., Gene 40:39-46, 1985; Murphy et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 83:8258-8262, 1986; U.S. Patent No. 4,935,233 and U.S. Patent No. 4,751,180. The linker sequence may generally be from 1 to about 50 amino acids in length. Linker sequences axe not required when the first and second polypeptides have non-essential N-terminal amino acid regions that can be used to separate the functional domains and prevent steric interference.
Within preferred embodiments, an immunological fusion partner is derived from protein D, a surface protein of the gram-negative bacterium Haernophilus influenza B (See, e.g., WO 91/18926, U.S. Patent Nos. 6,139,846, 6,025,484, 5,989,828, 5,888,517, and 5,858,677). Preferably, a protein D derivative comprises approximately the first third of the protein (e.g., the first N-terminal 100-110 amino acids), and a protein D derivative may be lipidated. Within certain preferred embodiments, the first 109 residues of a Lipoprotein D fusion partner is included on the N-terminus to provide the polypeptide with additional exogenous T-cell epitopes and to increase the expression level in E. coli (thus functioning as an expression enhancer). The lipid tail ensures optimal presentation of the antigen to antigen presenting cells. Other fusion partners include the non-structural protein from influenzae virus, NS1 (hemagglutinin). Typically, the N-terminal 81 amino acids are used, although different fragments that include T-helper epitopes may be used.
In another embodiment, the immunological fusion partner is the protein known as LYTA, or a portion thereof (preferably a C-terminal portion). LYTA is derived from Streptococcus pneumohiae, which synthesizes an N-acetyl-L-alanine amidase known as amidase LYTA (encoded by the LytA gene; Gene 43:265-292, 1986). LYTA
is an autolysin that specifically degrades certain bonds in the peptidoglycan backbone. The C-terminal domain of the LYTA protein is responsible for the affinity to the choline or to some choline analogues such as DEAE. This property has been exploited for the development of E. coli C-LYTA expressing plasmids useful for expression of fusion proteins. Purification of hybrid proteins containing the C-LYTA fragment at the amino terminus has been described (see, Biotechnology 10:795-798, 1992). Within a preferred embodiment, a repeat portion of LYTA may be incorporated into a fusion protein. A
repeat portion is found in the C-terminal region starting at residue 178. A
particularly preferred repeat portion incorporates residues 188-305.
In another embodiment of the invention, the adjuvant system described herein is used in the preparation of DNA-based vaccine compositions.
Illustrative vaccines of this type contain DNA encoding one or more polypeptide antigens, such that the antigen is generated in situ. The DNA may be present within any of a variety of delivery systems known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including nucleic acid expression systems, bacteria and viral expression systems. Numerous gene delivery techniques are well known in the art, such as those described by Rolland, Crit. Rev.
Therap. Drug Carrier Systems 15:143-198, 1998, and references cited therein.
Appropriate nucleic acid expression systems contain the necessary DNA
sequences for expression in the patient (such as a suitable promoter and terminating signal). Bacterial delivery systems involve the administration of a bacterium (such as Bacillus-Calmette-Guerrin) that expresses an immunogenic portion of the polypeptide on its cell surface or secretes such an epitope. In one preferred embodiment, the DNA is introduced using a viral expression system (e.g., vaccinia or other pox virus, retrovirus, or adenovirus), which typically involves the use of a non-pathogenic (defective), replication competent virus. Illustrative systems are disclosed, for example, in Fisher-Hoch et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 86:317-321, 1989; Flexner et al., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 569:86-103, 1989;
Flexner et al., Vaccine 8:17-21, 1990; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,603,112, 4,769,330, and 5,017,487; WO 89/01973; U.S. Patent No. 4,777,127; GB 2,200,651; EP 0,345,242;
WO 91/02805; Berkner, Biotechniques 6:616-627, 1988; Rosenfeld et al., Science 252:431-434, 1991; Kolls et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:215-219, 1994;
Kass-Eisler et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:11498-11502, 1993; Guzman et al., Circulation 88:2838-2848, 1993; and Guzman et al., Cir. Res. 73:1202-1207, 1993.
Techniques for incorporating DNA into such expression systems are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
Alternatively, the DNA may be "naked," as described, for example, in Uliner et al., Science X59:1745-1749, 1993 and reviewed by Cohen, Science 259:1691-5 1692, 1993. The uptake of naked DNA may be increased by coating the DNA onto biodegradable beads that are efficiently transported into the cells. It will be apparent that a vaccine may comprise both a polynucleotide and a polypeptide component if desired.
Moreover, it will be apparent that a vaccine may contain pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the desired polynucleotide, polypeptide and/or carbohydrate antigens.
10 For example, such salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including organic bases (e.g., salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines and basic amino acids) and inorganic bases (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts).
The adjuvant system of the present invention exhibits strong adjuvant 15 effects when administered over a wide range of dosages and a wide range of ratios.
The amount of antigen in each vaccine dose is generally selected as an amount which induces an immunoprotective response without significant adverse side effects in typical vaccines. Such amount will vary depending upon which specific immunogen is employed and how it is presented. Generally, it is expected that each dose 20 will comprise about 1-1000 ~.g of protein, most typically about 2-100 ~.g, preferably about 5-50 ~.g. Of course, the dosage administered may be dependent upon the age, weight, kind of concurrent treatment, if any, and nature of the antigen administered.
The immunogenic activity of a given amount of a vaccine composition of the present invention can be readily determined, for example by monitoring the increase 25 in titer of antibody against the antigen used in the vaccine composition (Dalsgaard, K.
Acta Veterinia Scandinavica 69:1-40 (1978)). Another common method involves injecting CD-1 mice intradermally with various amounts of a vaccine composition, later harvesting sera from the mice and testing for anti-immunogen antibody, e.g., by ELISA.
These and other similar approaches will be apparent to the skilled artisan.
30 The antigen can be derived and/or isolated from essentially any desired source depending on the infectious disease, autoimmune disease, condition, cancer, pathogen, or a disease that is to be treated with a given vaccine composition.
By way of illustration, the antigens can be derived from viral sources, such as influenza virus, feline leukemia virus, feline immunodeficiency virus, Human HIV-l, HIV-2, Herpes Simplex virus type 2, Human cytomegalovirus, Hepatitis A, B, C or E, Respiratory Syncytial virus, human papilloma virus rabies, measles, or hoof and mouth disease viruses.
Illustrative antigens can also be derived from bacterial sources, such as anthrax, diphtheria, Lyme disease, malaria, tuberculosis, Leishmaniasis, T. cruzi, Ehrlichia, Candida etc., or from protozoans such as Babeosis bovis or Plasmodium. The antigens) will typically be comprised of natural or synthetic amino acids, e.g., in the form of peptides, polypeptides, or proteins, can be comprised of polysaccharides, or can be mixtures thereof. Illustrative antigens can be isolated~from natural sources, synthesized by means of solid phase synthesis, or can be obtained by way of recombinant DNA
techniques.
In another embodiment, tumor antigens are used in the vaccine compositions of the present invention for the prophylaxis and/or therapy of cancer.
Tumor antigens are surface molecules that are differentially expressed in tumor cells relative to non-tumor tissues. Tumor antigens make tumor cells immunologically distinct from normal cells and provide diagnostic and therapeutic targets for human cancers.
Tumor antigens have been characterized either as membrane proteins or as altered carbohydrate molecules of glycoproteins or glycolipids on the cell surface.
Cancer cells often have distinctive tumor antigens on their surfaces, such as truncated epidermal growth factor, folate binding protein, epithelial mucins, melanoferrin, carcinoembryonic antigen, prostate-specific membrane antigen, HER2-neu, which are candidates for use in therapeutic cancer vaccines. Because tumor antigens are normal or related to normal components of the body, the immune system often fails to mount an effective immune response against those antigens to destroy the tumor cells. To achieve such a response, the adjuvant systems described herein can be utilized. As a result, exogenous proteins can enter the pathway for processing endogenous antigens, leading to the production of cytolytic or cytotoxic T cells (CTL). This adjuvant effect facilitates the production of antigen specific CTLs which seek and destroy those tumor cells carrying on their surface the tumor antigens) used for immunization. Illustrative cancer types for which this approach can be used include prostate, colon, breast, ovarian, pancreatic, brain, head and neck, melanoma, leukemia, lymphoma, etc.
In one embodiment, the antigen present in the vaccine composition is not a foreign antigen, but a self antigen, i.e., the vaccine composition is directed toward an autoimmune disease. Examples of autoimmune diseases include type 1 diabetes, conventional organ specific autoimmunity, neurological disease, rheumatic diseases/connective tissue disease, autoimmune cytopenias, and related autoimmune diseases. Such conventional organ specific autoimmunity may include thyroiditis (Graves+Hashimoto's), gastritis, adrenalitis (Addison's), ovaritis, primary biliary cirrhosis, myasthenia gravis, gonadal failure, hypoparathyroidism, alopecia, malabsorption syndrome, pernicious anemia, hepatitis, anti-receptor antibody diseases and vitiligo. Such neurological diseases may include schizophrenia, Alzheimer's disease, depression, hypopituitarism, diabetes insipidus, sicca syndrome and multiple sclerosis.
Such rheumatic diseases/connective tissue diseases may include rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematous (SLE) or Lupus, scleroderma, polymyositis, inflammatory bowel disease, dermatorriyositis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, vasculitis, psoriatic arthritis, exfoliative psoriatic dermatitis, pemphigus vulgaris, Sjogren's syndrome. Other autoimmune related diseases may include autoimmune uvoretinitis, glomerulonephritis, post myocardial infarction cardiotomy syndrome, pulmonary hemosiderosis, amyloidosis, sarcoidosis, aphthous stomatitis, and other immune related diseases, as presented herein and known in the related arts.
In one embodiment, the antigen is covalently bonded to an adjuvant such as the compound of Formula I to produce a discrete molecule which exhibits a surprisingly unexpected enhanced adjuvanting effect on the antigen which is greater than the adjuvanting effect attainable in the absence of such covalent bonding, as in a mixture of the two components (i.e., the antigen and the compound of Formula I). The covalent bonding can be achieved by reaction through functional groups; for example in the case of the compound of Formula I through the carboxylic acid group, the hydroxyl group or the aldehyde functionality. A further enhanced adjuvanting effect may be attained for such covalently-bonded antigen by incorporating a mineral salt adjuvant with such compounds. The mineral salt adjuvant preferably comprises aluminum hydroxide or aluminum phosphate, although other known mineral salt adjuvants, such as calcium phosphate, zinc hydroxide or calcium hydroxide, may be used.
In one embodiment, the adjuvant of the present vaccine composition comprises a suspension of water or an aqueous solution, wherein the suspension or solution comprises the compound of Formula I.
In one embodiment, the suspension comprising the compound of Formula I is in the form of an emulsion, such as a water-in-oil emulsion or an oil-in-water emulsion. Suitable surfactants well known to those skilled in the art may be used in such emulsions. In one embodiment, the suspension comprising the compound of Formula I is in the form of a micellar dispersion comprising at least one suitable surfactant. The surfactants useful in such micellar dispersions include phospholipids.
Examples of phospholipids include: diacyl phosphatidyl glycerols, such as: dimyristoyl phosphatidyl glycerol (DPMG), dipalmitoyl phosphatidyl glycerol (DPPG), and disteaxoyl phosphatidyl glycerol (DSPG); diacyl phosphatidyl cholines, such as:
dimyristoyl phosphatidylcholine (DPMC), dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine (DPPC), and distearoyl phosphatidylcholine (DSPC); diacyl phosphatidic acids, such as: dimyristoyl phosphatidic acid (DPMA), dipalmitoyl phosphatidic acid (DPPA), and distearoyl phosphatidic acid (DSPA); and diacyl phosphatidyl ethanolamines such as: dimyristoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine (DPME), dipalinitoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine (DPPE), and distearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine (DSPE). Other examples include, but are not limited to, derivatives of ethanolamine (such as phosphatidyl ethanolamine, as mentioned above, or cephalin), serine (such as phosphatidyl serine) and 3'-O-lysyl glycerol (such as 3'-O-lysyl-phosphatidylglycerol).
Typically, a surfactant:adjuvant molar ratio in an aqueous formulation will be from about 10:1 to about 1:10, more typically from about 5:1 to about 1:5, however any effective amount of surfactant may be used in an aqueous formulation to best suit the specific objectives of interest.
The adjuvant may include other polynucleotides and/or polypeptides. It will be apparent that a vaccine may contain pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the polynucleotides and polypeptides provided herein. Such salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including organic bases (e.g., salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines and basic amino acids) and inorganic bases (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts).
While any suitable carrier known to those of ordinary skill in the art may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention, the type of Garner will vary depending on the mode of administration. The vaccine compositions of the present invention may be formulated for any appropriate manner of administration, including for example, topical, oral, nasal, intravenous, intravaginal, epicutaneous, sublingual, intracranial, intradermal, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular administration, or via inhalation. For parenteral administration, such as subcutaneous injection, the carrier preferably comprises water, saline, alcohol, a fat, a wax or a buffer. For oral administration, any of the above carriers or a solid carrier, such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, and magnesium carbonate, may be employed. Biodegradable microspheres (e.g., polylactate polyglycolate) may also be employed as Garners for the pharmaceutical compositions of S this invention. Suitable biodegradable microspheres are disclosed, for example, in U.S.
Patent Nos. 4,897,268; S,07S,109; 5,928,647; 5,811,128; 5,820,883; S,8S3,763;
5,814,344 and 5,942,252, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Modified hepatitis B core protein carrier systems are also suitable, such as those described in WO 99140934, and references cited therein, all incorporated herein by reference. One can also employ a carrier comprising particulate-protein complexes, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,928,647, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, which axe capable of inducing a class I-restricted cytotoxic T lymphocyte responses in a host.
In one illustrative embodiment, the vaccine formulations are administered 1 S to the mucosae, in particular to the oral cavity, and preferably to a sublingual site, for eliciting an immune response. Oral cavity administration may be preferred in many instances over traditional parenteral delivery due to the ease and convenience offered by noninvasive administration techniques. Moreover, this approach further provides a means for eliciting mucosal immunity, which can often be difficult to achieve with traditional parenteral delivery, and which can provide protection from airborne pathogens and/or allergens. An additional advantage of oral cavity administration is that patient compliance may be improved with sublingual vaccine delivery, especially for pediatric applications, or for applications traditionally requiring numerous injections over a prolonged period of time, such as with allergy desensitization therapies.
2S The vaccine compositions may also comprise buffers (e.g., neutral buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline), carbohydrates (e.g., glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrans), mannitol, proteins, polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine, antioxidants, bacteriostats, chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione, adjuvants (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), solutes that render the formulation isotonic, hypotonic or weakly hypertonic with the blood of a recipient, suspending agents, thickening agents and/or preservatives. Alternatively, vaccine compositions of the present invention may be formulated as a lyophilisate. Compounds may also be encapsulated within liposomes using well known technology.
The vaccine compositions of the present invention may also comprise other adjuvants or immunoeffectors. Suitable adjuvants are commercially available as, for example, Freund's Incomplete Adjuvant and Complete Adjuvant (Difco Laboratories, Detroit, MI); Merck Adjuvant 65 (Merck and Company, Inc., Rahway, NJ); AS-2 5 (SmithKline Beecham); mineral salts (for example, aluminum, silica, kaolin, and carbon);
aluminum salts such as aluminum hydroxide gel (alum), AlK(S04)2, AlNa(S04)a, A1NH4(S04), and Al(OH)3; salts of calcium (e.g, Ca3(P04)2), iron or zinc; an insoluble suspension of acylated tyrosine; acylated sugars; cationically or anionically derivatized polysaccharides; polynucleotides (for example, poly IC and poly AU acids);
10 polyphosphazenes; cyanoacrylates; polymerase-(DL-lactide-co-glycoside);
biodegradable microspheres; liposomes ; lipid A and its derivatives; monophosphoryl lipid A;
wax D
from Mycobacterium tuberculosis, as well as substances found in Corynebacterium parvum, Bordetella periussis, and members of the genus Brucella); bovine serum albumin; diphtheria toxoid; tetanus toxoid; edestin; keyhole-limpet hemocyanin;
15 Pseudomonal Toxin A; choleragenoid; cholera toxin; pertussis toxin; viral proteins; and quil A. Aminoalkyl glucosamine phosphate compounds can also be used (see, e.g., WO
98/50399, U.S. Patent No. 6,113,918 (which issued from USSN 08/853,826), and USSN
09/074,720). In addition, adjuvants such as cytokines (e.g., GM-CSF or interleukin-2, -7, or -12), interferons, or tumor necrosis factor, may also be used as adjuvants.
Protein and 20 polypeptide adjuvants may be obtained from natural or recombinant sources according to methods well known to those skilled in the art. When obtained from recombinant sources, the adjuvant may comprise a protein fragment comprising at least the immunostimulatory portion of the molecule. Other known immunostimulatory macromolecules which can be used in the practice of the invention include, but are not 25 limited to, polysaccharides, tRNA, non-metabolizable synthetic polymers such as polyvinylamine, polyrnethacrylic acid, polyvinylpyrrolidone, mixed polycondensates (with relatively high molecular weight) of 4',4-diaminodiphenylmethane-3,3'-dicarboxylic acid and 4-vitro-2-aminobenzoic acid (See, Sela, M., Science 166:1365-1374 (1969)) or glycolipids, lipids or carbohydrates.
30 Within the vaccine compositions provided herein, the adjuvant composition is preferably designed to induce an immune response predominantly of the Thl type. High levels of Thl-type cytokines (e.g., IFN-'y, TNF-a, IL-2 and IL-12) tend to favor the induction of cell mediated immune responses to an administered antigen. In contrast, high levels of Th2-type cytokines (e.g., IL-4, IL-5, IL-6 and IL-10) tend to favor the induction of humoral immune responses. Following application of a vaccine as provided herein, a patient will support an immune response that includes Thl-and Th2-type responses. Within a preferred embodiment, in which a response is predominantly Thl-type, the level of Thl-type cytokines will increase to a greater extent than the level of Th2-type cytokines. The levels of these cytokines may be readily assessed using standard assays. For a review of the families of cytokines, see, Mosmann and Coffinan, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 1989, 7: 145-173.
Preferred adjuvants for use in eliciting a predominantly Thl-type response include, for example, a combination of monophosphoryl lipid A, preferably 3-de-O-acylated monophosphoryl lipid A (3D-MPL), together with an aluminum salt. MPL
adjuvants are available from Corixa Corporation (Hamilton, MT; see, US Patent Nos.
4,436,727; 4,877,611; 4,866,034 and 4,912,094). CpG-containing oligonucleotides (in which the CpG dinucleotide is unmethylated) also induce a predominantly Thl response.
Such oligonucleotides are well known and are described, for example, in WO
96/02555, WO 99/33488, U.S. Patent Nos. 6,008,200 and 5,856,462. Immunostimulatory DNA
sequences are also described, for example, by Sato et al., Science 1996 273:
352-354.
Another preferred adjuvant is a saponin, preferably QS21 (Aquila, United States), which may be used alone or in combination with other adjuvants. For example, an enhanced system involves the combination of a monophosphoryl lipid A and saponin derivative, such as the combination of QS21 and 3D-MPL as described in WO 94/00153, or a less reactogenic composition where the QS21 is quenched with cholesterol, as described in WO 96/33739. Other preferred formulations comprise an oil-in-water emulsion and tocopherol. A particularly potent adjuvant formulation involving QS21, 3D-MPL
and tocopherol in an oil-in-water emulsion is described in WO 95/17210.
Other preferred adjuvants include Montanide ISA 720 (Seppic, France), SAF (Chiron, California, United States), ISCOMS (CSL), MF-59 (Chiron), the SBAS
series of adjuvants (e.g., SBAS-2 or SBAS-4, available from SmithKline Beecham, Rixensart, Belgium), DetoxTM (Corixa Corporation, Hamilton, MT), 2-[(R)-3-tetradecanoyloxytetradecanoylamino]ethyl2-Deoxy-4-O-phosphono-3-O-[(R)-3-tetradecanoyloxytetradecanoyl]-2-[(R)-3-tetradecanoyloxytetradecanoylamino]-~i-D-glucopyranoside triethylammonium salt (compound 99) and other aminoalkyl glucosaminide 4-phosphates (AGPs). The synthesis of compound 99 and other AGP's has been described previously (see e.g., Johnson et al. (1999) Bioorg. Med.
Chem. Lett. 9:
2273-2278; PCT/W098/50399; and United States Patent No. 6,113,918). AGPs typically consist of an acylated glucose moiety linked to an acylated aminoalkyl group (see e.g., Johnson et al. (1999) BiooYg. Med. Chem. Lett. 9: 2273-2278; PCT/WO98/50399;
and United States Patent No. 6,113,918).
The compositions described herein may be administered as part of a sustained release formulation (i.e., a formulation such as a capsule, sponge or gel (composed of polysaccharides, for example) that effects a slow release of compound following administration). Such formulations may generally be prepared using well known technology (see, e.g., Coombes et al., Vaccine 14:1429-1438, 1996) and administered by, for example, oral, rectal or subcutaneous implantation, or by implantation at the desired target site. Sustained-release formulations may contain a polypeptide, polynucleotide or antibody dispersed in a carrier matrix and/or contained within a reservoir surrounded by a rate controlling membrane. Garners for use within such formulations are biocompatible, and may also be biodegradable; preferably the 1 S formulation provides a relatively constant level of active component release. Such carriers include microparticles of poly(lactide-co-glycolide), polyacrylate, latex, starch, cellulose, dextran and the like. Other delayed-release Garners include supramolecular biovectors, which comprise a non-liquid hydrophilic core (e.g., a cross-linked polysaccharide or oligosaccharide) and, optionally, an external layer comprising an amphiphilic compound, such as a phospholipid (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,151,254 and PCT
applications WO
94/20078, WO/94/23701 and WO 96/06638). The amount of active compound contained within a sustained release formulation will vary depending upon the site of implantation, the rate and expected duration of release and the nature of the condition to be treated or prevented.
Any of a variety of known delivery vehicles may be employed within pharmaceutical compositions and vaccines to facilitate production of an antigen-specific immune response that targets cells. Delivery vehicles include antigen presenting cells (APCs), such as dendritic cells, macrophages, B cells, monocytes and other cells that may be engineered to be efficient APCs. Such cells may, but need not, be genetically modified to increase the capacity for presenting the antigen, to improve activation and/or maintenance of the T cell response, to have anti-target effects per se andJor to be immunologically compatible with the receiver (i.e., matched HLA haplotype).
APCs may generally be isolated from any of a variety of biological fluids and organs, including tumor and peritumoral tissues, and may be autologous, allogeneic, syngeneic or xenogeneic cells.
Certain preferred embodiments of the present invention use dendritic cells or progenitors thereof as antigen-presenting cells. Dendritic cells are highly potent APCs (Banchereau and Steinman, Nature 392:245-251, 1998) and have been shown to be effective as a physiological adjuvant for eliciting prophylactic or therapeutic antitumor immunity (see, Timmerman and Levy, Anh. Rev. Med. 50:507-529, 1999). In general, dendritic cells may be identified based on their typical shape (stellate in situ, with marked cytoplasmic processes (dendrites) visible ih vitro), their ability to take up, process and present antigens with high efficiency and their ability to activate naive T
cell responses.
Dendritic cells may, of course, be engineered to express specific cell-surface receptors or ligands that are not commonly found on dendritic cells in vivo or ex vivo, and such modified dendritic cells are contemplated by the present invention. As an alternative to dendritic cells, secreted vesicles antigen-loaded dendritic cells (called exosomes) may be used within a vaccine (see, Zitvogel et al., Nature Med. 4:594-600, 1998).
Dendritic cells and progenitors may be obtained from peripheral blood, bone marrow, tumor-infiltrating cells, peritumoral tissues-infiltrating cells, lymph nodes, spleen, skin, umbilical cord blood or any other suitable tissue or fluid. For example, dendritic cells may be differentiated ex vivo by adding a combination of cytokines such as GM-CSF, IL-4, IL-13 and/or TNFa to cultures of monocytes harvested from peripheral blood. Alternatively, CD34 positive cells harvested from peripheral blood, umbilical cord blood or bone marrow may be differentiated into dendritic cells by adding to the culture medium combinations of GM-CSF, IL-3, TNFa, CD40 ligand, LPS, flt3 ligand and/or other compounds) that induce differentiation, maturation and proliferation of dendritic cells.
Dendritic cells are conveniently categorized as "immature" and "mature"
cells, which allows a simple way to discriminate between two well characterized phenotypes. However, this nomenclature should not be construed to exclude all possible intermediate stages of differentiation. Immature dendritic cells are characterized as APC
with a high capacity for antigen uptake and processing, which correlates with the high expression of Fcy receptor and mannose receptor. The mature phenotype is typically characterized by a lower expression of these markers, but a high expression of cell surface molecules responsible for T cell activation such as class I and class II MHC, adhesion molecules (e.g., CD54 and CD11) and costimulatory molecules (e.g., CD40, CD80, CD86 and 4-1BB).
APCs may generally be transfected with a polynucleotide encoding an antigen polypeptide (or portion or other variant thereof) such that the antigen polypeptide, or an immunogenic portion thereof, is expressed on the cell surface. Such transfection may take place ex vivo, and a composition or vaccine comprising such transfected cells, and the adjuvants described herein, may then be used for therapeutic purposes.
Alternatively, a gene delivery vehicle that targets a dendritic or other antigen presenting cell may be administered to a patient, resulting in transfection that occurs in vivo. In vivo and ex vivo transfection of dendritic cells, for example, may generally be performed using any methods known in the art, such as those described in WO 97/24447, or the gene gun approach described by Mahvi et al., Immunology and cell Biology 75:456-460, 1997.
Antigen loading of dendritic cells may be achieved by incubating dendritic cells or progenitor cells with the antigen polypeptide, DNA (naked or within a plasmid vector) or RNA; or with antigen-expressing recombinant bacterium or viruses (e.g., vaccinia, fowlpox, adenovirus or Ientivirus vectors). Prior to loading, the polypeptide may be covalently conjugated to an immunological partner that provides T cell help (e.g., a carrier molecule). Alternatively, a dendritic cell may be pulsed with a non-conjugated immunological partner, separately or in the presence of the polypeptide.
In one embodiment, the vaccine composition comprises a liposome vesicle comprising the compound of Formula I. Liposomes are generally produced from phospholipids or other Iipid substances. Procedures for the preparation of liposomes are well known to those of skill in the art. Any lipid capable of forming vesicles that comprises the compound of Formula I can be employed. For clinical application, it is desirable that the lipid be non-toxic, physiologically acceptable, and metabolizable.
Common bilayer forming lipids having clinical.potential are phospholipids, fatty acids, sphingolipids, glycosphingolipids, and steroids. Glycerol containing phospholipids are the most commonly used component of liposome formulations having clinical utility.
One commonly used example is phosphatidylcholine or lecithin. The steroid cholesterol and its derivatives are often included as components of liposomal membranes. The tendency of liposomes to aggregate and fuse can be controlled by the inclusion of small amounts of acidic or basic lipids in the formulation. The properties of liposomes containing phospholipids are determined by the chemistry of the phospholipid. Important considerations are the hydrocarbon chain length, degree of unsaturation of the hydrocarbon chain, degree of branching of the hydrocarbon chain, and temperature of the system.
Multilamellar liposomes can be created by depositing a mixture of lipids as a thin film by evaporation under reduced pressure followed by dispersion with an 5 excess volume of aqueous buffer containing the antigen with or without organitc solvents.
Another method is to mix the aqueous phase containing the antigen with small unilamellar liposomes followed by lyophilization. The multilaxnellar liposomes are formed when the lyophilized product is rehydrated, usually with a small amount of distilled water. The small unilamellar liposomes to be used in this process are produced 10 by dispersing the lipids in an aqueous medium followed by a mechanical means of dispersion such as sonication, use of a high pressure device, or a solvent injection method. Large and intermediate sized unilamellar liposomes can also be produced by conventional techniques including detergent dialysis, extrusion through small pore size membranes under high pressure, freeze thawing followed by slow swelling, dehydration 15 followed by rehydration and dilution, or dialysis of lipids in the presence of chaotropic ions. The size of the liposomes can be made more uniform by fractionation procedures such as centrifugation or size exclusion chromatography, homogenization, or capillary pore membrane extrusion.
20 Methods for inducing or enhancing immunogenicitv and for treating or preventing disease In one aspect, the present invention provides a method for inducing or enhancing immunogenicity of an antigen in a mammal comprising administering to the 25 mammal a vaccine composition comprising the antigen and an effective amount of a vaccine adjuvant composition comprising the compound of Formula I. As used in this context, the "vaccine adjuvant composition" includes any composition comprising the compound of Formula I that enhances an immune response to an exogenous antigen.
Such "vaccine adjuvant composition" includes biodegradable microspheres (e.g., 30 polylactic galactide) and liposomes. See, e.g., Fullerton, U.S. Patent No.
4,235,877.
Vaccine preparation is generally described in, for example, M.F. Powell and M.J.
Newman, eds., "Vaccine Design (the subunit and adjuvant approach)," Plenum Press (NY, 1995). Vaccines may be designed to generate antibody immunity and/or cellular immunity.
The vaccine compositions of the present invention may be administered in any appropriate manner of administration, including for example, topical, oral, nasal, intravenous, intravaginal, epicutaneous, sublingual, intracranial, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular administration, or via inhalation, as disclosed supra.
In one aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating or preventing a disease in a mammal comprising administering to said mammal a vaccine composition comprising an antigen and an effective immunopotentiatory amount of the compound of Formula I. The diseases include cancer, autoimmune disease, allergy and infectious disease (such as bacterial and viral infection). In one embodiment, the effective amount of the compound of Formula I ranges from 0.0001 to about 1.0 mg/kg of body weight of the subject mammal, more preferably from 0.001 to 0.1 to about 0.1 mg/kg of body weight of the mammal. In one embodiment, the compound of Formula I is administered once weekly to once monthly for a period of up to 6 months, more preferably once monthly for a period of about 2-3 months.
EXAMPLES
The following examples are offered to illustrate, but not to limit the claimed invention.
Example 1' Preparation of Methyl 4-(3-Formyl-4-h d~Yphenoxymeth~ benzoate (Isotucaresol Methyl Ester; compound 401 The following example illustrates the ortho-debenzylation of 2,S-di-(4-methoxycarbonylphenylinethoxy)benzaldehyde to form methyl 4-(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxymethyl)benzoate (Isotucaxesol Methyl Ester; 40).
2S A solution of 2,S-di-(4-methoxycarbonylphenylmethoxy)benzaldehyde (39) (34.4 g, 0.0792 mol) in anhydrous CH2C12 (1.S L) at S °C under axgon was treated dropwise with BCl3~S(CH3)2 (2.0 M in CHZC12; 43.5 ml, 0.087 mole) over 2S min.
The resulting reddish-orange solution was stirred at S °C for 1.S h and then allowed to stir and warm to room temperature over 2 h. The mixture was recooled to S °C, treated dropwise with additional BCl3~S(CH3)z (16 ml, 0.032 mol) over 10 min, and then allowed to stir and warm to ambient temperature overnight (17 h). The dark reddish-orange reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold 1 N aq HCl (7S0 ml), stirred vigorously for S min, and the layers were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2C12 (100 ml) and the combined organic layers were washed with saturated aq NaHC03 (7S0 mI).
The resulting light-orange solution was dried (Na2S04), decolorized with Norit B, and filtered through a short pad of Celite and silica gel. The pad was rinsed with 2S%
EtOAc-hexanes (S00 ml) and the combined filtrate and rinsings were concentrated to give 21.9 (97%) of a light yellow solid. The partially purified product was recrystallized from S EtOAc/cyclohexane to give 19.5 g (86%) of methyl 4-(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxymethyl)benzoate (isotucaresol methyl ester) (40) as fluffy light-yellow needles: mp 132-134 °C; Rf 0.45 (30% EtOAc-hexanes);1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) 8 10.66 (s, 1H, CHO), 9.82 (s, 1H, OH), 8.06 (d, 2H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-2,6), 7.49 (d, 2H, J=
8.2 Hz, H-3,S), 7.21 (dd, 1H, J= 3.0, 8.9 Hz, H-6'), 7.0S (d, 1H, J= 3.0 Hz, H-2'), 6.94 (d, 1H, J= 8.9 Hz), 5.11 (s, 2H, CHa), 3.92 (s, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (7S MHz, CDC13) 8 195.8, 166.6, 156.3, 151.4, 141.6, 129.9, 126.9, 125.9, 120.0, 118.8, 116.8, 70.3, 52.2;
HRMS calcd. for M+NH4+ 304.1185, found 304.1193; Anal. calcd, for Ci6Ht4O5: C, 67.13; H, 4.93. Found: C, 67.00; H, 5.03.
1 S Example 2' Preparation of 4 j(4-carboxymethoxy-3-formyl-phenoxy methvl]benzoic acid COzMe \ COzH
O ~ 1. CszC03/DMF/BrCHZCOZBut \ 0 ~ /
\ ~ 2. TF H 0/CH CI
_ ~'/ 2 2 2 HO ~ / 3. 1 N aq NaOH/EtOH HOZC~0 /
CHO
CHO
(1) A solution of methyl 4-[(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)methyl]benzoate (40; 1.00 g, 3.49 mmol) and t-butyl bromoacetate (0.62 mL. 4.I9 mmol) in anhydrous dimethylformamide (DMF; 10 mL) at 2S
°C under argon was treated with cesium carbonate (I.71 g, 5.24 mmol). The resulting light-yellow suspension was stirred overnight at 2S °C and poured into H20 (100 mL).
The white precipitate which formed was collected, washed with H20 (2 x 10 mL), and dried under high vacuum to give 1.29 g (92%) of methyl 4-[(4-t-butyloxycarbonylmethoxy-3-2S formyl)methyl]benzoate as a colorless powder: mp 106-107.5 °C; Rf 0.41 (30% EtOAc-hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 10.52 (s, 1H, CHO), 8.0S (d, 2H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-2,6), 7.48 (d, 2H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-3,S), 7.42 (d, 1H, J= 3.0 Hz, H-2'), 7.18 (dd, J= 3.0, 8.2 Hz, H-6'), 6.83 (d, 1H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-S'), 5.11 (s, 2H, -OCHZAr), 4.60 (s, 2H, -OCH2C02-), 3.92 (s, CH3), 1.47 (s, 9H, t-Bu); 13C NMR (7S MHz, CDCl3) 8 189.2, 167.3, 166.7, 155.2, 153.0, 141.6, 129.8, 127.0, 125.7, 123.8, 114.6, 111.8, 82.8, 69.9, 66.7, 52.1, 28.1; HRMS calcd for [M + NH4]+ 418.I866, found 418.1880.
(2) A solution of the compound prepared in (1) above (1.20 g, 3.00 mmol) in CHZC12-CF3COZH-H20 (7:7:0.5; 1 S mL) was stirred at 25 °C for 3.5 h. The resulting solution was concentrated and the residual CF3COZH azeotroped with benzene.
The off white solid obtained was dissolved in 1:1 1N aq NaOH-EtOH (23 mL) and stirred at 25 °C overnight. Additional 1N aq NaOH (5 mL) was added and the solution was stirred fox 3 h at 25 °C and then acidified with conc HCl (~l mL). The light-yellow precipitate which formed was collected, washed with Hz0 (3 x 15 mL), and dried under high vacuum to give 0.85 g (86%) of partially purified product. A portion of this material (0.61 g) was crystallized from MeCN-EtOAc to give 0.395 g (66%) of 4-[(4-carboxymethoxy-3-formyl-phenoxy)methyl]benzoic acid (42) as an off white solid: mp 239-242 °C (dec); Rf 0.2 (CHC13-MeOH-AcOH, 80:20:0.5); 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 13.05 (br s, 2H, 2 C02H), 10.39 (s, 1H, CHO), 7.95 (d, 2H, J= 8.1 Hz, H-2,6), 7.55 (d, 2H, J= 8.1 Hz, H-3,5), 7.33 (dd, 1H, J= 3.1, 9.1 Hz, H-6'), 7.26 (d, 1H, J=
3.1 Hz, H-2'), 7.15, (d, 1H, J= 9.1 Hz, H-5'), 5.21 (s, 2H, -OCHZAr), 4.84 (s, 2H, -OCH2C02H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 188.8, 169.9, 166.9, 155.0, 152.4, 141.9, 130.0, 129.4, 127.2, 124.9, 123.7, 115.9, I 11.2, 69. l, 65.8; HRMS calcd for[M + NH4]+
348.1083, found 348.1093; Anal. Calcd for Cl7Hia07: C, 61.82; H, 4.27. Found:
C, 61.84; H, 4.42.
Example 3: Preparation of 4-f4-(3-carboxyaropoxy)-3-formyl-bhenoxylmeth~]ibenzoic acid \ COaMe ~COaH
~ ~ \ ~/
\ C~ 1. Cs2C03/DMF/Br(CHz)3COZEt ~
HOaC- '/3\O
HO ~ / 2. aq. LiOH/'THF CHO
CHO
(1) In the same manner as described in Example 2, methyl 4-[(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)methyl]benzoate (40; 0.62 g, 2.16 mmol) was alkylated with ethyl 4-bromobutyrate (0.39 mL, 2.7 mmol) to give 0.725 g (84%) of 4-([4-(3-ethoxycarbonylpropoxy)-3-formyl-phenoxy]methyl)benzoate as a colorless powder:
mp 30 106-107.5 °C; Rf 0.41 (30% EtOAc-hexanes); 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 10.44 (s, 1H, CHO), B.OS (d, 2H, J= 8.0 Hz, H-2,6), 7.49 (d, 2H, J= 8.0 Hz, H-3,S), 7.39 (d, 1H, J
= 3.0 Hz, H-2'), 7.18 (dd, J= 3.0, 9.1 Hz, H-6'), 6.94 (d, 1H, J= 9.1 Hz, H-S'), 5.11 (s, 2H, -OCHZAr), 4.14 (q, 2H, J= 7.1 Hz, CH3CH20-), 4.10 (t, 2H, J= 6 Hz, OCH2CH2-), 3.92 (s, 3H, CH30-), 2.53 (t, 2H, J= 7.1 Hz, -CHZC02-), 2.16 (m, 2H. -CH2CHZCH2-), S 1.26 (s, 3H, CH3CHa-); 13C NMR (7S MHz, CDC13) 8 189.1, 172.8, 166.7, 156.2, 152.4, 141.8, 129.8, 127.0, 125.1, 124.1, 114.3, 111.7, 69.9, 68.0, 60.6, 52.1, 30.7, 24.6, 14.2;
HRMS calcd for [M + NH4]+ 418.1866, found 418.1853.
(2) A solution of the compound prepared in (1) above (0.600 g, 1.50 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) was treated with aq LiOH (2.S N; 2.0 mL, S.0 mmol) and stirred at 2S °C overnight. The resulting biphasic reaction mixture was diluted with H20 (7S mL), washed with Et20 (2S mL), and acidified with conc HCl 00.75 mL).
The fine suspension which formed was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 300 mL) and the combined EtOAc layers were dried (Na2SOa) and concentrated to give O.S4 g (100%) of pure product as an off white powder (mp 234-236 °C (dec); Anal. Calcd for Ci9H1807: C, 1 S 63.68; H, 5.06. Found: C, 63.52; H, 5.16). A portion of this material (0.3 g) was crystallized from MeCN-EtOAc to give 0.23 g (77%) of 4-[4-(3-carboxypropoxy)-3-formyl-phenoxy)methyl]benzoic acid (44) as a cream-colored solid: mp 234.5-237 °C
(dec); Rf O.S4 (CHC13-MeOH-AcOH, 90:10:0.5); 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) S 12.53 (br s, 2H, 2 C02H), 10.3 3 (s, 1 H, CHO), 7.9 S (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz, H-2,6), 7.
S S (d, 2H, J =
8.0 Hz, H-3,S), 7.33 (dd, 1H, J= 3.0, 9.1 Hz, H-6'), 7.25 (d, 1H, J= 3.0 Hz, H-2'), 7.1'8, (d, 1H, J= 9.1 Hz, H-S'), 5.20 (s, 2H, -OCH2Ar), 4.10 (t, 2H, J= 6.0 Hz, -OCHaCHa-), 2.53 (t, 2H, J= 7.0 Hz, -CHZCO2-), 1.99 (m, 2H. -CH2CH2CH2-); 13C NMR (7S MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 188.8, 174.0, 166.9, 1SS.6, 151.8, 141.9, 130.0, 129.4, 127.2, 124.5, 123.9, 115.2, 111.4, 69.1, 68.1, 30.3, 24.2; HRMS calcd for [M + NH4]+ 376.1396, found 2S 376.1389; Anal. Calcd for C19H1807: C, 63.68; H, 5.06. Found: C, 63.45; H, 5.06.
Example 4' Preparation of 1-O-f4-(4-carboxynhenvlmethoxy -2-form~phenvll-f3-D-lucupyranosiduronic acid (isotucaresol D-glucuronide. 4-(f 3-formyl-4-((3-D-gluco_pyranosyloxyuronic acidlnhenoxy~methyllbenzoic acid, compound 41 (1) A solution of acetobromo-a-D-glucuronic acid methyl ester (O.SS g, 1.31 mmol) and compound 40 ( 0.25 g, 0.873 mmol) in quinoline (9 mL) at room temperature was treated with silver oxide (0.40 g, 1.75 mmol) portionwise over S min. The resulting thick slurry was stirred for 30 min at room temperature and then triturated with hexanes (3 x 10 mL), decanting the supernatant. The viscous oil obtained was dissolved in CH2C12 (I00 mL) and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was washed with saturated aq.
NaHC03 (50 mL), dried (Na2S04) and decolorized with Norit B to give 1.6 g of a red oil.
The oil obtained was triturated with hexanes (3 x 50 mL), decanting the supernatant, to 5 give 0.4 g of a pink-colored solid. Flash chromatography on silica gel (45%
EtOAc/hexanes) gave 0.290 g (55%) of methyl 1-O-(4-[4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenylmethoxy]-2-formyl-phenyl)-2,3,4-tri-O-acetyl-(3-D-' glucopyranuranate as a cream-colored solid: mp 196.5-I97.5 °C; Rf 0.30 (50% EtOAc-hexanes);1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 8 10.29 (s, 1H, CHO), 8.05 (d, 2H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-10 3",5"), 7.48 (d, 2H, J= 8.2 Hz, H-2",6"), 7.39 (d, 1H, J= 3.0 Hz, H-3'), 7.19 (dd, J=
3.0, 8.9 Hz, H-5'), 7.10 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, H-6'), 5.4-5.26 (m, 3H, H-2,3,4), 5.18-5.05 (m, 3H, OCHZ Ar, H-1), 4.I6 (d, 1H, J= 7.5 Hz, H-5), 3.92 (s, 3H, ArCO2CH3), 3.74 (s, 3H, C02CH3), 2.08, 2.06, and 2.05 (3s, 9H, OAc); 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) 8 188.7, 169.9, 169.2, I69.0, 166.6, 166.5, 154.6, 153.2, 141.3, 129.9, 127.2, 127.0, 123.8, 118.8, 15 111.3, 99.9, 72.6, 71.5, 70.8, 69.8, 69.0, 53.1, 52.2, 20.6.
(2) A suspension of the compound prepared in (1) above (0.200 g, 0.332 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) at 0 °C was treated with 10% aq NaOH (0.7 mL, 1.99 mmol) and allowed to stir and warm to room temperature over 8 h. The reaction mixture was neutralized to pH 7 with AcOH (~75 ~.L) and concentrated in vacuo. The disodium 20 salt obtained was dissolved in water (5 mL) and acidified to pH 4 with S%
aq citric acid.
The resulting precipitate was collected, washed with water (2 x 5 mL) and dried under high vacuum to give 0.090 g (58%) of 1-O-[4-(4-carboxyphenylmethoxy)-2-formyl-phenyl]-[3-D-glucupyranosiduronic acid (4) as a cream-colored solid: mp 226-227 °C
(dec); Rf 0.40 (50:50:1, CHC13-MeOH-AcOH); 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.42 25 (s, IH, CHO), 7.95 (d, 2H, J= 7.5 Hz, H-3",5"), 7.55 (d, 2H, J= 7.5, H-2",6"), 7.45-7.1 S (m, 3H, H-3',S',6'), 5.2I (s, 2H, OCHZ Ar), 4.96 (d, 1H, J= 4.8 Hz, H-1), 3.9-2.8 (m, H-2,3,4 and OH), 3.75 (d, 1H overlapping preceding multiplet, J= 7.5 Hz, H-5); 13C
NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 189.7, 170.4, 167.0, 154.2, 153.2, 141.7, 130.3, 129.4, 127.2, 125.7, 123.7, 118.9, 110.4, 101.6, 75.7, 74.8, 73.0, 71.5, 69.1.
Exam 1p a 5~ Preparation of 4-ff3-forms d~yphenoxylmethyl]benzoic acid (_isotucaresol, compound IIII
A suspension of compound 40 (0.50 g, 1.75 mrnol) in a mixture of EtOH (5 mL) and 1N aq NaOH was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h to give a light yellow solution.
The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 rnL), washed with EtOAc (25 mL) and acidified with conc HCl (~1 mL). The off white precipitate that formed was collected, washed with water, and dried under high vacuum to give 0.475 g (100%) of 4-[(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)methyl]benzoic acid (isotucaresol; III) as a cream-colored powder:
mp 222-224 °C (dec); Rf 0.46 (10% MeOH-EtOAc); 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6) 8 10.62 (br s, 1 H, OH), 10.00 (s, IH, CHO), 8.06 (d, ZH, J= 8 Hz, H-2,6), 7.62 (d, 2H, J=
8 Hz, H-3,5), 7.43 (d, 1H, J= 3 Hz, H-2'), 7.33 (dd, J= 3, 8.9 Hz, H-6'), 6.95 (d, 2H, J=
8.9 Hz, H-5'), 2.44 (br s, 1H, OH); 13C NMR (75 MHz, acetone-d6) 8 197.2, 167.2, 156.7, 152.6, 143.3, 130.9, 130.6, 128.1, 126.5, 121.6, 119.1, 117.6, 70.7;
HRMS calcd.
for M+NH4+ 290.1028, found 290.1037; Anal. calcd. for CISH12O5 ' 0.25 HZO: C, 65.09;
H, 4.55. Found: C, 65.46; H, 4.56.
Example 6: Bioh~ical Evaluation Hemol~c Activity The hemolytic activities can be determined with an in vitYO assay using sheep red blood cells (SRBC) according to a published procedure (Kensil et al., 1991).
Since most Quillaja saponins cause hemolysis of SRBC in the range of 5 to 30 ~,g/ml, compounds (III), (IV-VI), and other compounds of the present invention are compared to commercially available Quil-A standard (Superfos) by serially diluting the test articles with PBS in 96-well round-bottom microtiter plates to final concentrations between 5 and 200 ~,g/ml. The final volume in each well is 100 ~1. SRBC (40% sheep blood and 60%
Alsever's solution) are washed three times by low speed centrifugation of the blood and resuspension of the pellet in PBS to 2.5 times the original volume. The resuspended cells (25 p.1) are added to each well in the microtiter plate and mixed with the test article solutions. After incubation at room temperature for 30 min, the plates are centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 5 min to sediment unhemolyzed cells. Fifty ~.1 of the supernatants are transferred to the wells of a flat-bottom microtiter plate. Absorbance caused by released hemoglobin is then determined at 570 nm.
Lethal Toxicity in Mice Lethal toxicity of compounds (III), (IV-VI), and other compounds of the present invention are tested in CD-1 (ICR) mice in comparison to Quil A
standard as previously described (Kensil et al.,1991). Groups of CD-1 mice (female, 8-10 wks) are injected intradermally with varying concentrations of the test articles in PBS
and mortality is monitored for 72 h after injection. A control group of mice is injected with PBS only. The 50% lethal dose or LDso is calculated by the Reed-Muench method (see, Reed and Muench, Am. J. Hygiene 1938, 27: 493-497).
Murine Antibody and CTL Responses to rHBsAg Groups of six BALB/c (H-2d) female mice (5-6 wks) are immunized subcutaneously (inguinal region) or intranasally on day 0 and again on day 21 with 2.0 ~,g rHBsAg plus varying doses of compounds (III), (IV-VI), and other compounds of the present invention, or 2.0 p,g alum-adsorbed rHBsAg (0.5 mg alum) plus compounds (III), (IV-VI), and other compounds of the present invention in PBS (200 ~,L/mouse s.c.; 20 ~,l/mouse i.n.). Control groups include nonimmune mice (no treatment) and mice receiving alum-adsorbed rHBsAg alone either s.c. or i.n. on days 0 and 21.
For the evaluation of antibody responses, serum and mucosal samples are collected 14 days after the second vaccination via the orbital plexus and by vaginal wash and individually tested for HBsAg-specific antibody activity by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). The endpoint antibody titers of each mouse are evaluated as total IgG, IgGl, IgG2a, IgG2b and IgA specific for rHBsAg.
The induction of cytotoxic T-lymphocyte response in the above immunized mice are determined by a cytotoxicity assay (see, Schirmbeck et al., J.
Immunol. 1994, 152: 1110-1119; see, Schirmbeck et al., J. Virol. 1994, 68:
1418-1425).
Fourteen days after the second injection single cell suspensions axe prepared from splenic lymphocytes of 3 mice per group. The spleen cells (75xI06) are subsequently incubated at 37 °C in 10 ml RP10-SC media containing 50 nM of an Ld-restricted HBV CTL
epitope (IPQSLDSWWTSL) for 4 days. Stimulated effector cells are harvested, resuspended to 5x106 cells/~,1 and serially diluted (in triplicate) in a volume of 100 p,1 RP10-SC/well of a 96 well microtiter plate followed by the addition of 100 ml of RP10-SC containing 1x104 slCr labeled P815S target cells (transfected P815 cells (H-Zd) expressing the hepatitis B S-antigen). Plates are centrifuged for 5 min at 400 x g and placed in a 37 °C C02 incubator for 4 h. Percent specific cytotoxicity is then determined.
Murine Antibody Response to Formalin-Inactivated Influenza and Protective Immune Responses to Infectious Influenza Influenza vaccines are formulated in PBS with one (1) hemagglutinating unit (HAL77 of formalin-inactivated influenza A/HK/68 (FI-flu) and varying amounts of test articles (2, 4-6), except for the vehicle controls which contain no synthetic adjuvant.
Groups of 10 BALB/c mice (female, 5-6 wks) are vaccinated either by subcutaneous injection at two distinct sites (100 ~,1/site) near the inguinal lymph nodes (total of 200 ~,L/mouse) or by intranasal administration (20 ~,1/mouse) on day 0 and again on day 21.
Serum and mucosal samples are collected from mice (5 per group) 14 days after the second vaccination via the orbital plexus and by vaginal wash and then frozen at -70 °C
until assessed by ELISA. The end-point influenza-specific antibody titers of each mouse are evaluated as total IgG, IgGl, IgG2a, IgG2b and IgA.
All mice immunized above are challenged 30 days post vaccination by i.n.
administration of approximately 10 LDSO infectious influenza AJIiK/68.
Mortality is assessed for 21 days following the challenge.
Example 7~ Biological Evaluation of Isotucaresol (III) and with the AGP
compound 99 Compound III, isotucaresol, was evaluated for adjuvant activity with a model hepatitis B vaccine. III, was prepared as an aqueous formulation in PBS
and admixed with recombinant hepatitis B surface antigen (rHBsAg) (Rhein Biotech, Diisseldorf, Germany) with or without the AGP adjuvant 99 (2-[(R)-3-tetradecanoyloxytetradecanoylamino]ethyl 2-Deoxy-4-O-phosphono-3-O-[(R)-3-tetradecanoyloxytetradecanoyl]-2-[(R)-3-tet radecanoyloxytetradecanoylamino]-~3-D-glucopyranoside Triethylammonium Salt).
Mice were administered the vaccines on days 0 and 21 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of vaccine containing 1 ~g rHBsAg ~ 1000 ~,g III ~ S ~g 99. The antigen-specific immune response to rHBsAg was evaluated by measurement of serum antibody and cytotoxic T
lymphocytes (CTL). The results shown in Table 1 indicate that III has adjuvant activity through its ability to mediate enhanced serum antibody production and acts synergistically with the AGP adjuvant 99.
Table 1 Groups Gross Geometric Mean Serum Titersb IgG IgGl IgG2a IgG2b Nonimmune 1X 1X 1X 1X
rHBsAg + PBS SOOX SOOX 100X 8X
rHBsAg + III S,OOOX S,OOOX 2SOX 100X
rHBsAg + III + 99 20,000 S,OOOX 15,OOOX S,OOOX
rHBsAg + 99 10,OOOX S,OOOX S,OOOX 750X
a. Female BALB/c mice (8/group) were administered the vaccines on days U and L1 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of vaccine containing 1 pg rHBsAg ~ 1000 ~g III
~ 5 ~.g 99.
b. Serum from S mice/group was collected 21 days post-secondary vaccination and analyzed by ELISA.
c. The symbol 1X= 0-100, 3X =101-300, 5X=301-500, 8X=501-800, 10X=801-1000, 15X=1000-1500, 30X=1500-3000, 100X=3001-10,000, 150X=10,001-15,000, 2SOX=15,001-25,000, SOOX=25,001-50,000, 750X=50,001-75,000, 1000X=75,001-100,000, SOOOX=100,001-500,000, 10,000X=500,001-1,000,000, 15,000X=1,000,001-1,500,000, and 20,0000X=1,500,001-2,000,000.
Spleen cells were collected from donor mice 26 days after the secondary vaccination and evaluated fox CTL activity. rHBsAg directed specific lysis was assessed I S in a standard four hour SICr-release assay and by measurement of CD8+, IFNy+ using flow cytometry. The results in Table 2 indicate that III enhances the CTL
response to the vaccine antigen and has an additive effect to the adjuvant activity induced by 99.
Table 2 Groups Percent Specific Cell LysisLymphocytes'e (50:1)b CD 8~, IFNy~
Nonimmune - N
rHBsAg + PBS + 2N
rHBsAg + III 4+ 2N
rHBsAg + III + 8+ 4N
rHBsAg + 99 S+ 3N
a. Female BALB/c mice (8/group) were administered the vaccines on days 0 and 21 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of vaccine containing 1 ~g rHBsAg ~ 1000 ~g III
~ 5 ~g 99.
b. The percent speck lysis is shown for cells suspended at a 50:1 effectoraarget ratio.
5 Spleen cells were treated with Tris-buffered NH4Cl to remove erythrocytes and resuspended at a concentration of 7.S x 106/m1 in RPMI/10% FCS supplemented with 5 mM Hepes, 4 mM L-glutamine, 0.05 mM 2-mercaptoethanol and antibiotics. A
synthetic peptide representing a known MHC class I, Ld-restricted CTL epitope (IPQSLDSWWTSL) was added to the cells at a final concentration of 75 nM. After a 10 four-day incubation, the cells were recovered and assessed for CTL
activity. The target cells were a transfected P815 cell line (P815S), which express the Ld-restricted CTL
epitope, or the non-transfected P815 cell line. In all cases lysis of the non transfected P815 cells was less than 10% at 50:1 effectoraarget ratio.
c. The symbol '=" represents 0-2 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "+" is 2-10 Percent 15 Specific Cell Lysis, "2+" is 11-20 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "3+" is 21-30 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "4+" is 31-40 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "5+" is 41-50 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "6+" is 51-60 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, "7+" is 61-70 Percent Specific Cell Lysis, and "8+" is 71-80 Percent Specific Cell Lysis.
d. A ratio of CDS+, IFN~y+ cells to total CD8+ cells is indicated. The CD8+, IFNy+ cells 20 ~ represent antigen activated cells capable of inducing CTL activity.
Spleen cells were treated with Iris-buffered NH4Cl to remove erythrocytes and resuspended in RPMI/10%
FCS supplemented with 5 mM Hepes, 4 mM L-glutamine, 0.05 mM 2-mercaptoethanol and antibiotics. A synthetic peptide representing a known MHC class I, Ld-restricted CTL epitope (IPQSLDSWWTSL) was added to the cells at a final concentration of 25 nM. After a six-hour incubation the cells were stained for the CD8 cell-surface marker and the intracellular IFNy with fluorescent-tagged monoclonal antibodies. The cells were evaluated by flow cytometry.
e. The symbols, N, 1N, 2N, 3N, 4N, and 5N, represent the ranges of ratios of 1:5000-1:1000, 1:999-1:750, 1:749-1:500, 1:499-1:250, 1:249-1:200, and 1:199-1:100, 30 respectively.
Example 8~ Biological Evaluation of compounds 40, 42, and 44 with compound 99 Compounds 40, 42, and 44, were evaluated for adjuvant activity with a model hepatitis B vaccine. These compounds were prepared as aqueous formulations in 35 PBS and admixed with recombinant hepatitis B surface antigen (rHBsAg) with or without the AGP adjuvant 99. Compound 99 was solubilized in an aqueous formulation containing dipalmitoylphosphatidyl choline in water. Mice were administered the vaccines on days 0 and 14 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection. The mouse dose for each vaccine is given in table 3. The antigen-specific immune response to rHBsAg was evaluated by measurement of serum antibody and cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL).
The results shown in Table 3 confirm the adjuvant activity of compounds of 40, 42, and 44.
Each molecule mediated enhanced serum antibody production.
S Table 3.
AdiuvantGross Geometric Serum Titers b Groups Dose IGG IgGI IgG2a IgG2b ~N~g) Nonimmune ---- 1X 1X 1X IX
rHBsAg/PBS ---- ~100X 1SOX 3X 3X
rHBsAg /40 1000 7SOX S,OOOX 100X 15X
rHBsAg /40 S00 SOOX S,OOOX 30X 1SX
rHBsAg l40+99 S00/S S,OOOX 7SOX S,OOOX SOOX
rHBsAg /40 2S0 SOOX 1,OOOX 2SOX 30X
rHBsAg /42 1000 100X SOOX 8X 8X
rHBsAg /42 S00 100X 1SOX 1SX 8X
rHBsAg /42+99 S00/S 5,000X S,OOOX 7SOX 1SX
rHBsAg /42 ZSO 30X 1,OOOX 30X 8X
rHBsAg /44 1000 1 OOX 1 SX 15X 1 OX
rHBsAg /44 S00 100X 30X 1SX lOX
rHBsAg /44+99 S00/S S,OOOX SOOX S,OOOX SOOX
rHBsAg /44 2S0 1SX SOOX 1SX lOX
rHBsAg /99 S S,OOOX 7SOX S,OOOX SOOX
a. Female BALB/c mice (8/group) were administered the vaccines on days 0 and 14 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of vaccine.
b. Serum from S mice/group was collected 11 days post-secondary vaccination and analyzed by ELISA.
c. The symbol 1X= 0-100, 3X = 101-300, SX=301-500, 8X=501-800, 10X=801-1000, 15X=1000-1500, 30X=1500-3000, 100X=3001-10,000, 150X=10,001-15,000, 250X=15,001-25,000, 500X=25,001-50,000, 750X=50,001-75,000, 1000X=75,001-100,000, SOOOX=100,001-500,000, 10,000X=500,001-1,000,000, 15,000X=1,000,001-1,500,000, and 20,0000X=1,500,001-2,000,000.
Spleen cells were collected from donor mice 11 days after the secondary vaccination and evaluated for CTL activity. The rHBsAg directed CTL was assessed by measurement of CD8+, IFNy+ using flow cytometry. The results in Table 4 indicate that compounds 40, IO 42, and 44 enhance the CTL response to the hepatitis vaccine antigen.
,63 Table 4 CTL
ADJUVANT
GrO~ Ratio of CD8+, D ose (~,g) IFNy+
Lymphocytesb' Nonimmune ____ N
rHBsAg /PBS ---- 3N
rHBsAg /40 1000 SN
rHBsAg /40 500 2N
rHBsAg /40+99 500/5 SN
rHBsAg /40 250 3N
rHBsAg /42 1000 2N
rHBsAg /42 500 3N
rHBsAg /42+99 500/5 SN
rHBsAg /42 250 SN
rHBsAg /44 1000 2N
rHBsAg /44 500 3N
rHBsAg /44+99 500/5 3N
rHBsAg /44 250 4N
rHBsAg /99 5 4N
a. Female BALB/c mice (6-7/group) were administered the vaccines on days 0 and 14 by subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of vaccine.
b. A ratio of CD8+, IFN~+ cells to total CD8+ cells is indicated. The CD8+, IFN~y+ cells represent antigen activated cells capable of inducing CTL activity. Spleen cells were treated with tris-buffered NH4Cl to remove erythrocytes and resuspended in RPMI/10%
FCS supplemented with 5 mM Hepes, 4 mM L-glutamine, 0.05 mM 2-mercaptoethanol and antibiotics. A synthetic peptide representing a known MHC class I, Ld-restricted CTL epitope (IPQSLDSWWTSL) was added to the cells at a final concentration of nM. After a six-hour incubation the cells were stained for the CD8 cell-surface marker and the intracellular IFNy with fluorescent-tagged monoclonal antibodies. The cells were evaluated by flow cytometry.
c. The symbols, N, 1N, 2N, 3N, 4N, and SN, represent the ranges of ratios of 1:5000-1:1000, 1:999-1:750, 1:749-1:500, 1:499-1:250, 1:249-1:200, and 1:199-1:100, respectively.
It is understood that the examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various modifications or changes in light thereof will be suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
Claims (47)
- WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
A compound, having the formula:
wherein, R is hydrogen or -C(O)H; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted C1-20 alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1-20 alkyl group, a saccharyl group, and a group represented by the formula -C(O)-[C(R3)(R4)n-COOH, wherein each R3 and R4 independently is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and a substituted C1-10 alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1-10 alkyl group; and n is a number from 1 to 5; R2 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted C1-20 alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1-20 alkyl group, and a group represented by the formula -(CH2)mCH(OH)(CH2)pOR5, wherein m and p are independently 1 or 2, and R5 is a substituted C2-20 alkyl group, or an unsubstituted C2-20 alkyl group, or a group represented by the formula wherein j is 1-5, and R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted C1-20 alkyl group, and an unsubstituted C1-20 alkyl group;
or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. - 2. The compound of claim 1 wherein the saccharyl group is a mono-or disaccharide.
- 3. The compound of claim 1 wherein the saccharyl group is a glucuronic acid group.
- 4. The compound of claim 1 wherein R, R1, and R2 are hydrogens.
- 5. The compound of claim 1 wherein R is hydrogen; R1 is a saccharyl group, wherein the saccharyl group is a glucuronic acid group; and R2 is hydrogen.
- 6. The compound of claim 5 wherein the glucuronic acid group is a .beta.-D-glucuronic acid group.
- 7. The compound of claim 1 wherein R is hydrogen; R1 is represented by the formula -C(O)-[C(R3)(R4)]n-COOH wherein R3 and R4 are hydrogens and n is 2;
and R2 is hydrogen. - 8. The compound of claim 1 wherein R is hydrogen; R1 is a saccharyl group, wherein the saccharyl group is a glucuronic acid group; and R2 is (CH2)mCH(OH)(CH2)mOR5, wherein m is 1, and R5 is a substituted C2-20 acyl group, or an unsubstituted C2-20 acyl group.
- 9. The compound of claim 8 wherein (CH2)mCH(OH)(CH2)mOR5 is a 1-O-acyl-sn-glyceryl group.
- 10. The compound of claim 9 wherein the acyl group is a member selected from the group consisting of an acetyl group, an octanoyl group, and a tetradecanoyl group.
- 11. The compound of claim 1 wherein R is hydrogen; R1 is a saccharyl group, wherein the saccharyl group is a glucuronic acid group; and R2 is a group represented by the formula wherein j is 1; R6 is a substituted C1-20 alkyl group, or an unsubstituted C1-20 alkyl group; and R7 is a substituted C1-20 alkyl group, or an unsubstituted C1-20 alkyl group.
- 12. The compound of claim 11 wherein R7 is a substituted C11 alkyl group, or an unsubstituted C11 alkyl group.
- 13. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is an alkyl group having the formula -(CH2)xCOOR8, wherein R8 is hydrogen, a substituted C1-20 alkyl group, or an unsubstituted C1-20 alkyl group, wherein X is an integer from 1 to 7.
- 14. The compound of claim 13, wherein X is an integer from 2 to 4.
- 15. A liposome vesicle comprising the compound of claim 1.
- 16. A compound comprising an antigen covalently linked to the compound of claim 1.
- 17. A vaccine composition comprising the compound of claim 16.
- 18. A vaccine composition comprising an antigen and the compound of claim 1.
- 19. The vaccine composition of claim 18 wherein the antigen is a bacterial antigen.
- 20. The vaccine composition of claim 18 wherein the antigen is a viral antigen.
- 21. The vaccine composition of claim 18 wherein the antigen is a tumor associated antigen.
] - 22. The vaccine composition of claim 18 wherein the antigen is a self antigen.
- 23. An adjuvant composition for potentiating the immunogenicity of an antigen, comprising a suspension of water or an aqueous solution, wherein said suspension or solution comprises the compound of claim 1.
- 24. The adjuvant composition of claim 23 wherein the suspension is an oil-in-water emulsion.
- 25. The adjuvant composition of claim 21 wherein the suspension is a water-in-oil emulsion.
- 26. The adjuvant composition of claim 23 wherein the suspension is a micellar dispersion comprising at least one surfactant.
- 27. The, adjuvant composition of claim 26 wherein the surfactant comprises dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine (DPPC).
- 28. A method for inducing or enhancing immunogenicity of an antigen in a mammal, comprising administering to said mammal a vaccine composition comprising the antigen and a vaccine adjuvant composition comprising an effective immunopotentiatory amount of the compound of claim 1.
- 29. The method of claim 28 wherein said vaccine composition is administered orally, topically, epicutaneously, intramuscularly, intradermally, subcutaneously, intranasally, intravaginally, sublingually, or via inhalation.
- 30. A method for treating or preventing a disease in a mammal comprising administering to said mammal a vaccine composition comprising an antigen and an effective immunopotentiatory amount of the compound of claim 1.
- 31. The method of claim 30 wherein the mammal is a human being.
- 32. The method of claim 30 wherein the disease is cancer, an autoimmune disease, an allergy, or an infectious disease.
- 33. The method of claim 32 wherein the infectious disease is a bacterial or viral infection.
- 34. The method of claim 30 wherein the effective amount ranges from about 0.0001 to about 1.0 mg/kg of body weight.
- 35. The method of claim 34 wherein the effective amount ranges from about 0.001 to about 0.1 mg/kg of body weight.
- 36. The method of claim 30 wherein the compound of claim 1 is administered once weekly to once monthly for a period of up to about 6 months.
- 37. The method of claim 36 wherein the effective is administered once monthly for a period of about 2-3 months.
- 38. A method for preparing an adjuvant or immunoeffector, said method comprising:
contacting a first compound with the formula:
wherein R 2 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted C120 alkyl group, an unsubstituted C1-20 alkyl group, and a group having the formula -(CH2)m,CH(OH)(CH2)pOR 5 wherein m and p are independently 1 or 2, and R 5 is a substituted C2-20 acyl group, an unsubstituted C2-20 acyl group, or a group having the formula:
wherein j is an integer from 1 to 5, and R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a substituted C1-20 alkyl group, and an unsubstituted C1-20 alkyl group, with a second compound selected from the group comprising of MXn, wherein M
is selected from the group consisting of A1 3+, As 3+, B 3+, Fe 2+, Fe 3+, Ga 3+, Mg 2+, Sb 3+, Sb 5+, Sn 2+, Sn 4+, Ti2+, Ti 3+, Ti 4+,and Zn 2+, wherein n is an integer from 2 to 5, MgX2-OEt2, BX3-SMe2, Et2A1C1, EtA1C12, monoalkyl boronhalides, dialkyl boronhalides, and monoaryl boronhalides, diaryl boronhalides, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of Cl, I, F, and Br, under conditions sufficient to forth a third compound or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof with the formula of - 39. The method of claim 38, wherein said first compound is:
- 40. The method of claim 38, wherein R 2 is methyl.
- 41. The method of claim 38, wherein R 2 is hydrogen.
- 42. The method of claim 38, wherein the second compound is selected from the group consisting of A1C13, A1I3, A1F3, AIBr3, Et2A1C1, EtA1C12, AsCI3, AsI3, AsF3, AsBr3, BC13, BBr3, BI3, BF3, BC13-SMe2, BI3-SMe2, BF3-SMe2, BBr3-SMe2, FeC13, FeBr3, FeI3, FeF3, FeC12, FeBr2, FeI2, FeF2, GaC13, GaI3, GaF3, GaBr3, MgC12, MgI2, MgF2, MgBr2, MgC12-OEt2, MgI2-OEt2 MgF2-OEta MgBr2-OEt2, SbCl3, SbI3, SbF3, SbBr3, SbC15, SbI5, SbFs, SbBr5, SnC12, SnT2, SnFa, SnBr2, SnC14, SnI4, SnF4, SnBr4, TiBr4, TiC12, TiC13, TiC14, TiF3, TiF4, TiI4, ZnC12, ZnI2, ZnF2, and ZnBr2.
- 43. The method of claim 38 wherein R 2 is (CH2)mCH(OH)(CH2)mOR 5, wherein m is 1, and R 5 is a substituted C2-20 acyl group, or an unsubstituted C2-20 acyl group.
- 44. The method of claim 43, wherein (CH2)mCH(OH)(CH2)mOR 5 is a 1-O-acyl-sn-glyceryl group.
- 45. The method of claim 44, wherein the acyl group is a member selected from the group consisting of acetyl, octanoyl, and tetradecanoyl groups.
- 46. The method of claim 38, wherein R 2 is a group represented by the formula wherein j is 1;R 6 is a substituted C1-20 alkyl group, or an unsubstituted C1-20 alkyl group and R 7 is a substituted C1-20 alkyl group, or an unsubstituted C1-20 alkyl group.
- 47. The method of claim 46 wherein R 7 is a substituted C11 alkyl group, or an unsubstituted C11 alkyl group.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US19046600P | 2000-03-17 | 2000-03-17 | |
US60/190,466 | 2000-03-17 | ||
PCT/US2001/008548 WO2001070663A2 (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2001-03-16 | Novel amphipathic aldehydes and their use as adjuvants and immunoeffectors |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2403553A1 true CA2403553A1 (en) | 2001-09-27 |
Family
ID=22701458
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002403553A Abandoned CA2403553A1 (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2001-03-16 | Novel amphipathic aldehydes and their use as adjuvants and immunoeffectors |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US6649172B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1265840A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2003528068A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2001245823A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2403553A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2001070663A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (113)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA2598144A1 (en) * | 2000-12-08 | 2006-08-31 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Compositions and methods for targeted delivery of immune response modifiers |
DE60226175T2 (en) * | 2001-11-14 | 2009-07-09 | Novavax, Inc. | MYCOBACTERIAL VACCINE |
US20030190333A1 (en) * | 2002-02-04 | 2003-10-09 | Corixa Corporation | Immunostimulant compositions comprising aminoalkyl glucosaminide phosphates and saponins |
EP1476018A4 (en) * | 2002-02-04 | 2005-09-21 | Corixa Corp | Immunostimulant compositions comprising aminoalkyl glucosaminide phosphates and saponins |
ES2541132T3 (en) * | 2002-02-22 | 2015-07-16 | Meda Ab | Method to reduce and treat UV-B-induced immunosuppression |
DE60335010D1 (en) * | 2002-08-15 | 2010-12-30 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | IMMUNOSTIMULATORY COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD FOR STIMULATING AN IMMUNE RESPONSE |
WO2004046338A2 (en) * | 2002-11-20 | 2004-06-03 | North Shore-Long Island Jewish Research Institute | Use of hmgb polypeptides for increasing immune responses |
US7387271B2 (en) | 2002-12-30 | 2008-06-17 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Immunostimulatory combinations |
JP2006517974A (en) * | 2003-02-13 | 2006-08-03 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Methods and compositions for IRM compounds and Toll-like receptor 8 |
US7485432B2 (en) * | 2003-02-27 | 2009-02-03 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Selective modulation of TLR-mediated biological activity |
JP2006519866A (en) | 2003-03-04 | 2006-08-31 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Prophylactic treatment of UV-induced epidermal neoplasia |
JP4891066B2 (en) * | 2003-03-13 | 2012-03-07 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | How to improve skin quality |
EP1603476A4 (en) | 2003-03-13 | 2010-01-13 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Method of tattoo removal |
US20040192585A1 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2004-09-30 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Treatment for basal cell carcinoma |
GB0307989D0 (en) * | 2003-04-07 | 2003-05-14 | Mcewen Lab Ltd | Therapeutic composition |
US20040265351A1 (en) * | 2003-04-10 | 2004-12-30 | Miller Richard L. | Methods and compositions for enhancing immune response |
AU2004244962A1 (en) * | 2003-04-10 | 2004-12-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Delivery of immune response modifier compounds using metal-containing particulate support materials |
CA2526720C (en) | 2003-05-22 | 2013-10-22 | Fraunhofer Usa, Inc. | Recombinant carrier molecule for expression, delivery and purification of target polypeptides |
US20050070460A1 (en) * | 2003-08-05 | 2005-03-31 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Infection prophylaxis using immune response modifier compounds |
CA2535117A1 (en) | 2003-08-12 | 2005-03-03 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Oxime substituted imidazo-containing compounds |
WO2005018574A2 (en) * | 2003-08-25 | 2005-03-03 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Immunostimulatory combinations and treatments |
US7897597B2 (en) | 2003-08-27 | 2011-03-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Aryloxy and arylalkyleneoxy substituted imidazoquinolines |
EP1660026A4 (en) | 2003-09-05 | 2008-07-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Treatment for cd5+ b cell lymphoma |
WO2005027964A1 (en) * | 2003-09-15 | 2005-03-31 | Id Biomedical Corporation Of Quebec | Measles subunit vaccine |
WO2005032484A2 (en) | 2003-10-03 | 2005-04-14 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Alkoxy substituted imidazoquinolines |
US7544697B2 (en) | 2003-10-03 | 2009-06-09 | Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. | Pyrazolopyridines and analogs thereof |
EP1680080A4 (en) * | 2003-10-31 | 2007-10-31 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Neutrophil activation by immune response modifier compounds |
CA2545774A1 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2005-06-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Oxime substituted imidazo ring compounds |
AU2004291122A1 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2005-06-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Hydroxylamine substituted imidazo ring compounds |
CA2547020C (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2014-03-25 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | 1h-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine-4-amine derivatives as immune response modifier |
EP1689361A4 (en) * | 2003-12-02 | 2009-06-17 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Therapeutic combinations and methods including irm compounds |
US20050226878A1 (en) * | 2003-12-02 | 2005-10-13 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Therapeutic combinations and methods including IRM compounds |
EP1701955A1 (en) | 2003-12-29 | 2006-09-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Arylalkenyl and arylalkynyl substituted imidazoquinolines |
WO2005066169A2 (en) | 2003-12-30 | 2005-07-21 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Imidazoquinolinyl, imidazopyridinyl, and imidazonaphthyridinyl sulfonamides |
US20050239735A1 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2005-10-27 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Enhancement of immune responses |
US8697873B2 (en) | 2004-03-24 | 2014-04-15 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Amide substituted imidazopyridines, imidazoquinolines, and imidazonaphthyridines |
MXPA06012451A (en) * | 2004-04-28 | 2007-01-31 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Compositions and methods for mucosal vaccination. |
WO2005123080A2 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2005-12-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl substituted imidazoquinolines and imidazonaphthyridines |
US7897609B2 (en) | 2004-06-18 | 2011-03-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Aryl substituted imidazonaphthyridines |
US7915281B2 (en) | 2004-06-18 | 2011-03-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, and oxadiazole substituted imidazo ring compounds and method |
US8026366B2 (en) | 2004-06-18 | 2011-09-27 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Aryloxy and arylalkyleneoxy substituted thiazoloquinolines and thiazolonaphthyridines |
US20060045886A1 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2006-03-02 | Kedl Ross M | HIV immunostimulatory compositions |
JP2008515928A (en) * | 2004-10-08 | 2008-05-15 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Adjuvants for DNA vaccines |
PT1830876E (en) * | 2004-12-30 | 2015-07-13 | Meda Ab | Use of imiquimod for the treatment of cutaneous metastases derived from a breast cancer tumor |
WO2006083440A2 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2006-08-10 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds |
AU2005322898B2 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2011-11-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Chiral fused (1,2)imidazo(4,5-c) ring compounds |
EP1844201B1 (en) | 2005-02-04 | 2016-08-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Aqueous gel formulations containing immune response modifiers |
EP1846405A2 (en) | 2005-02-11 | 2007-10-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted imidazo 4,5-c ring compounds and methods |
JP2008538550A (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2008-10-30 | コーリー ファーマシューティカル グループ,インコーポレイテッド | 1-Substituted pyrazolo (3,4-c) cyclic compounds as modulators of cytokine biosynthesis for treating viral infections and neoplastic diseases |
JP2008535832A (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2008-09-04 | コーリー ファーマシューティカル グループ,インコーポレイテッド | Pyrazolopyridine-1,4-diamine and analogs thereof |
CA2616859C (en) * | 2005-08-03 | 2015-04-14 | Fraunhofer Usa, Inc. | Compositions and methods for production of immunoglobulins |
EP1984388B1 (en) * | 2006-02-13 | 2016-07-06 | iBio, Inc. | Hpv antigens, vaccine compositions, and related methods |
US8277816B2 (en) * | 2006-02-13 | 2012-10-02 | Fraunhofer Usa, Inc. | Bacillus anthracis antigens, vaccine compositions, and related methods |
CN101454347B (en) * | 2006-02-13 | 2013-07-24 | 美国弗劳恩霍夫股份有限公司 | Influenza antigens, vaccine compositions, and related methods |
WO2007100634A2 (en) * | 2006-02-22 | 2007-09-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Immune response modifier conjugates |
WO2008008432A2 (en) | 2006-07-12 | 2008-01-17 | Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. | Substituted chiral fused( 1,2) imidazo (4,5-c) ring compounds and methods |
US20080149123A1 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2008-06-26 | Mckay William D | Particulate material dispensing hairbrush with combination bristles |
EP2152301A4 (en) * | 2007-04-28 | 2010-07-28 | Fraunhofer Usa Inc | Trypanosoma antigens, vaccine compositions, and related methods |
EP2178558B1 (en) | 2007-07-11 | 2014-04-30 | iBio, Inc. | Yersinia pestis antigens, vaccine compositions, and related methods |
US20110059130A1 (en) * | 2007-08-20 | 2011-03-10 | Fraunhofer Usa, Inc. | Prophylactic and therapeutic influenza vaccines, antigens, compositions and methods |
EP2197497B1 (en) | 2007-09-27 | 2016-06-01 | ImmunoVaccine Technologies Inc. | Use of liposomes in a carrier comprising a continuous hydrophobic phase for delivery of polynucleotides in vivo |
EP2296696B1 (en) | 2008-06-05 | 2014-08-27 | ImmunoVaccine Technologies Inc. | Compositions comprising liposomes, an antigen, a polynucleotide and a carrier comprising a continuous phase of a hydrophobic substance |
US8734803B2 (en) | 2008-09-28 | 2014-05-27 | Ibio Inc. | Humanized neuraminidase antibody and methods of use thereof |
RU2015151857A (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2019-01-15 | Уэйв Лайф Сайенсес Джапан, Инк. | METHOD FOR SYNTHESIS OF NUCLEIC ACIDS MODIFIED BY PHOSPHOR ATOMIC |
BR112012000828A8 (en) | 2009-07-06 | 2017-10-10 | Ontorii Inc | NEW NUCLEIC ACID PRO-DRUGS AND METHODS OF THEIR USE |
EP2483307A1 (en) | 2009-09-29 | 2012-08-08 | Fraunhofer USA, Inc. | Influenza hemagglutinin antibodies, compositions, and related methods |
WO2011082098A1 (en) * | 2009-12-30 | 2011-07-07 | The Rockefeller University | Lysine and arginine methyltransferase inhibitors for treating cancer |
EP2620428B1 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2019-05-22 | Wave Life Sciences Ltd. | Asymmetric auxiliary group |
WO2012167081A1 (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2012-12-06 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Hydrazino 1h-imidazoquinolin-4-amines and conjugates made therefrom |
CN103582496B (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2016-05-11 | 3M创新有限公司 | There is the Heterobifunctional connection base of polyethylene glycol segment and the immune response modifier conjugate of being made by it |
CN107365339A (en) | 2011-07-19 | 2017-11-21 | 波涛生命科学有限公司 | The method for synthesizing functionalization nucleic acid |
CA2850857C (en) | 2011-10-06 | 2022-07-26 | Immunovaccine Technologies Inc. | Liposome compositions comprising an adjuvant that activates or increases the activity of tlr2 and uses thereof |
EP2797597B1 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2020-02-26 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted heteroaryl aldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
SG10201912409XA (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2020-02-27 | Univ California | Substituted benzaldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
JP6246121B2 (en) * | 2012-07-13 | 2017-12-13 | 株式会社新日本科学 | Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant |
KR20240148947A (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2024-10-11 | 웨이브 라이프 사이언시스 리미티드 | Chiral control |
BR112015000784A8 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2018-04-03 | Wave Life Sciences Japan | ASYMMETRICAL AUXILIARY GROUP |
US10266551B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-04-23 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US9422279B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-08-23 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
KR20150132146A (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-11-25 | 글로벌 블러드 테라퓨틱스, 인크. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US9604999B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-03-28 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
WO2014145040A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted aldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
US9458139B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-10-04 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
KR101971385B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-04-22 | 글로벌 블러드 테라퓨틱스, 인크. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
EP2970196B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-11-25 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US8952171B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-02-10 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US20140274961A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US9802900B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-10-31 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Bicyclic heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
EA201992707A1 (en) | 2013-11-18 | 2020-06-30 | Глобал Блад Терапьютикс, Инк. | COMPOUNDS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS FOR HEMOGLOBIN MODULATION |
JPWO2015108048A1 (en) | 2014-01-15 | 2017-03-23 | 株式会社新日本科学 | Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant and antitumor agent having antitumor activity |
JPWO2015108047A1 (en) | 2014-01-15 | 2017-03-23 | 株式会社新日本科学 | Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having immunity induction activity and immunity induction activator |
EP3095460A4 (en) | 2014-01-15 | 2017-08-23 | Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. | Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having anti-allergic activity, and anti-allergic agent |
WO2015107425A2 (en) | 2014-01-16 | 2015-07-23 | Wave Life Sciences Pte. Ltd. | Chiral design |
SI3102208T2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2024-10-30 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Crystalline polymorph of the free base of 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
CA2978567A1 (en) | 2015-03-06 | 2016-09-15 | Beyondspring Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method of treating cancer associated with a ras mutation using plinabulin |
MA41841A (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2018-02-06 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | ALDEHYDE COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF PULMONARY FIBROSIS, HYPOXIA, AND AUTOIMMUNE AND CONNECTIVE TISSUE DISEASES |
JP6969848B2 (en) | 2015-07-13 | 2021-11-24 | ビヨンドスプリング ファーマシューティカルズ,インコーポレイテッド | Prinabrin composition |
WO2017059280A1 (en) | 2015-10-02 | 2017-04-06 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Novel pan-tam inhibitors and mer/axl dual inhibitors |
MX2018006832A (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2018-11-09 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | Dosing regimens for 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl) pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde. |
IL260933B2 (en) | 2016-02-08 | 2023-04-01 | Beyondspring Pharmaceuticals Inc | Plinabulin compositions |
TWI663160B (en) | 2016-05-12 | 2019-06-21 | 全球血液治療公司 | Process for synthesizing 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)-pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
WO2017214052A1 (en) | 2016-06-06 | 2017-12-14 | Beyondspring Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Composition and method for reducing neutropenia |
TW202332423A (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2023-08-16 | 美商全球血液治療公司 | Tablets comprising 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
EP3565812B1 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2023-12-27 | Beyondspring Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tubulin binding compounds and therapeutic use thereof |
SG11201907023UA (en) | 2017-02-01 | 2019-08-27 | Beyondspring Pharmaceuticals Inc | Method of reducing neutropenia |
EP3743074A4 (en) | 2018-01-24 | 2021-12-15 | Beyondspring Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Composition and method for reducing thrombocytopenia via the administration of plinabulin |
TWI776024B (en) | 2018-02-28 | 2022-09-01 | 美商輝瑞大藥廠 | Il-15 variants and uses thereof |
EP4414034A3 (en) | 2018-05-23 | 2024-10-16 | Pfizer Inc. | Antibodies specific for cd3 and uses thereof |
CN113286634A (en) | 2018-05-23 | 2021-08-20 | 辉瑞公司 | Antibodies specific for GUCY2C and uses thereof |
ES2966707T3 (en) | 2018-10-01 | 2024-04-23 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | Hemoglobin modulators for the treatment of sickle cell disease |
WO2020128893A1 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2020-06-25 | Pfizer Inc. | Combination treatments of cancer comprising a tlr agonist |
PE20230160A1 (en) | 2019-12-17 | 2023-02-01 | Pfizer | SPECIFIC ANTIBODIES FOR CD47, PD-L1 AND THEIR USES |
WO2022013775A1 (en) | 2020-07-17 | 2022-01-20 | Pfizer Inc. | Therapeutic antibodies and their uses |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
AU545274B2 (en) | 1979-06-29 | 1985-07-11 | Wellcome Foundation Limited, The | 5-(2-formyl-3-hydroxyphenoxy) - pentanoic acid derivatives |
JPS57145844A (en) * | 1980-12-18 | 1982-09-09 | Wellcome Found | Benzoic acid derivatives, manufacture and medicinal blend |
US5872151A (en) * | 1992-10-01 | 1999-02-16 | Glaxo Wellcome Inc. | Immunopotentiatory agents and physiologically acceptable salts thereof |
EP0678298A3 (en) * | 1992-10-01 | 1996-05-29 | Wellcome Found | Use of 4-(2-formyl-3-hydroxyphenoxymethyl)benzoic acid as immopotentiatory agent. |
US5599974A (en) * | 1994-09-19 | 1997-02-04 | Center For Innovative Technology | Aldehydic agents for allosteric modification of hemoglobin |
-
2001
- 2001-03-16 CA CA002403553A patent/CA2403553A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-03-16 EP EP01918784A patent/EP1265840A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-03-16 WO PCT/US2001/008548 patent/WO2001070663A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-03-16 US US09/810,915 patent/US6649172B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2001-03-16 JP JP2001568876A patent/JP2003528068A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-03-16 AU AU2001245823A patent/AU2001245823A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2003
- 2003-08-28 US US10/652,797 patent/US20040063647A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2001070663A2 (en) | 2001-09-27 |
AU2001245823A1 (en) | 2001-10-03 |
EP1265840A2 (en) | 2002-12-18 |
JP2003528068A (en) | 2003-09-24 |
US20040063647A1 (en) | 2004-04-01 |
US6649172B2 (en) | 2003-11-18 |
US20010053363A1 (en) | 2001-12-20 |
WO2001070663A3 (en) | 2002-05-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6649172B2 (en) | Amphipathic aldehydes and their uses as adjuvants and immunoeffectors | |
US20030190333A1 (en) | Immunostimulant compositions comprising aminoalkyl glucosaminide phosphates and saponins | |
EP1311522B1 (en) | New immunoeffector compounds | |
US6525028B1 (en) | Immunoeffector compounds | |
AU2001281001A1 (en) | New immunoeffector compounds | |
EP1482795B1 (en) | New immunoeffector compounds | |
US20240309037A1 (en) | Diaryl trehalose compounds and uses thereof | |
CA2477191A1 (en) | Immunostimulant compositions comprising aminoalkyl glucosaminide phosphates and saponins | |
RU2289585C2 (en) | Novel aminoalkylglucosaminide phosphate compounds, immunostimulating pharmaceutical composition comprising thereof and method for inducing immune response | |
US20200369704A1 (en) | Immunogenic trehalose compounds and uses thereof | |
US20030228279A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for viral delivery | |
NZ534478A (en) | New immunoeffector compounds |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Dead |